-.

t bbb

-...-

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

2ROCES.S

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision : Date

Page No :

INDEX c
NlAliHhrJl~= S6UM StlhlKq.

: 2,85

.
J 1. 2* J . 3. J DSIGN
VEJjSEL!5

CONDITIONS (vapour-liquid . separators)

.

Horizonral Verrical

COLUMNS * . Tray Packed EXCHANGERS Shell + tube Air coolers

.

4-

HEAT . .

Plare exchangers Furnaces

5. II, /

PUMPS . Cenrrif ugal Reciprocating

l

6.

DRIVERS Gas turbines Electric drivers 7, 8. COMPREssoRs EXPANDERS FLARE PIPES SYSTEMS
VALVES .

v/

Steam

Turbines

/ / J

9-, 10.

J I
c J I

.
. *

+ FlTTINCS . . P through valves and fittings Conrrol valves - sizing and selection

Line sizing Piping classes

11.

PIPELINES Pressure and temperafure UNITS . Gas sweerening drops

12. 4 13.

PACKAGE :

Dehydrarion Ref rigeratlon -

/ . 4
14, 15. 16. 17.

UTILITIES Water tiitrogen

. .

Air Drainage

COMPUTER. DATA

PROGRAMS

PROC E5S CALCULATION PROCESS DATA SHEETS

StiEETk

TOTAL
/ TEPIDPIEXPISUR

I PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL Revision : Page No :

Date

: 2J85 i

1.

DESIGN

CONDITIONS

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING DFICN

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: 0

Page No :

CONDITIONS

Date

:2/8S

L-1

1. APPLICABILITY
The fol owing design criteria are applicable for both feasibility studies and pre-project

studies.

The design Operating oIO-

pressure

of a vessel

shall

be taken

as of rhe following - Note : - Pnin

; = 3.2 Sara I Operating

pressure barg 10 50

Design

pressure barg - 1 bar + 10 % + 5 barg + 5 36 operation of 0.15 bar. or less the vessel shall conditions. shall

i
.* i

MOP MOP MOP * MOP

1MOP = *Maximum Pressure

?rocess

so - 100 > 100

.

Vessels operating

subject

to vacuum

during

be designed

for

the maximum

external

pressure

plus a margin

If the Internal
.

pressure for

is 0.35 bara discharges at design

will

be designed by taking

for full

vacuum.

Design pumpA

pressure

pump

be calculated

120 % of the normal I

P when operating

3.0 DFClIGN .
Design

TEMPERATURES
vessel temperatures temperature temperature shall = = be as follows max. min. operating operating : Temp Temp ambient temperature during + 15 C - 5 C temperature. must emergency take into account any I

I:

Maximum iMinimum

design design

or minimum . Consideration depressurisation (See section for the minimum that design may

of the vessel on flaring). .

occur

or shut down

situations.

4,OMATERIALOFCONSTRUCTION
. Details Taole . Details 1. on corrosion allowances and wall thickness are given in the vessel design section. of the required material of construction for various temperatures are given In

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERINb
DESIGN

LJC~IUIU

JVIMIWUM~

,,o.*a.v..

CONDITIONS

Date

: 2435

1.2

.- .

-I $ I ; _L h u I

____------: c

-G hg:- 3 cz-uu __---------

. : . *-m . ;

: . --. I

..-L&,,,--I------

--A-----

_-----em

---

-----

--------

.------

: ,7 8

--------L-m n % 2 :i _---w----e

-! I

rOTAL
I-EP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

PageNo:

Date

: 2/85

. i 4 I 1I I
2, VESSELS

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: 0

Page NO : TEP

VAPOUR

- LIQUID

SEPARATORS

Date

WI5

2.1 3.

APPLICABILITY Virtually all process with schemes acceptable use phase separation accuracy is required of some for description. the The design
and and.sizing pre-project

of a separator phases. Consideration

separators

both

feasibility

is given for vessel vapour-liquid internals. from

in

this and

section

to

the

specification separation.

of

vertical Details

and are

horizontal

vapour-liquid-liquid

also

given

concerning Separation vendor will

of solids be consulted

gas or liquids for details AND

is not

covered designed

in this vessel.

design

guide.

Generally

a I

of a proprietory CONSIDERATIONS vertical unless

SWARATOR 2.1. 2 PHASE

.

APPLICATIONS SEPARATORS and Fuel separation Provide

(usualy

stated)

Comoressor Efficient eliminator. tripping

Gas KO drums of liquid from surge vapour time required. Always consider a mist and

sufficient

(1 to 2 minutes)

between

the HLL

the compressor. System KO drum - See section 9.0 Flare Systems

. .

Relief Unit

Feed KO drums upstream use demister separators of acid gas absorbers, into glycol confactors for weight and dessicant b-

Required dehydrators. Always . Production L lquld

bd
I
4.

Can be incorporated pads.

(Vert

base of tower

and space saving.

or horizontal) as critical downstream designing. as compressor of separator. KO drum Always unless consider a

separation from gas not compressor is located immediately start-up, 2-2. 3 PHASE
.

shut-down SEPARATORS production phase must

and process

slugs when

3 phase entrainment water Chemical

separators be sufficient (demulsifiers,

are

generally are

horizontal. stated. point to overload pour

If good Oil water depressants)

liquid-vapour from treatment may

de the units.

is required additives

demisters

usually

separation

SO as not

anti-foam,

be added I

to aid separation.

jMc--

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

VAPOUR

- LIQUID SEPARATORS

TEP/DP/EW/SUR
I -

I Date
separator

: Y85

- 3. HORIZONTAL
0
I

OR VERTICAL sufficient

DESIGN is more efficient than a

Provided vertical

L/D ratio is selected a horizontal

for the same flow area. settiing velocity provided

Vapour velocity in a horizontal drum can exceed the liquid L/D > 1. For vertical drums the velocity cannot. Horizontal drums are more effective than venical and geometrically

i I
I

more

practical

for a heavy

liquid phase removal .

drums.

drum does not alter the vapour flow area. A rising liquid level in a vertical Consequently vertical drums are preferred for compressor and fuel gas KO drums. Vertical drums utilise a smaller plot area and are easier to instrument with alarms and shutdown controls. For floating installations are preferred as less sloshing occurs. For high volume flowrates a split flow horizontal drum is preferable as smaller drum diameters can be used. The preferred split flow arrangement is a single centre entry nozzle with two end exists. Head exits can be used where plot space is limited. Each design case must be evaluated as a guideline : Vertical drums separately but in general the following can be used

Compressor KO drums Fuel gas KO drums Floating installations Production separators 3-phase separation HP

Degassing boots Absorber feed KO drums

Horizontal

drums

Ref lux drums Flare KO drums than 100 mm as these require

special

Try to avoid vessels with wall thickness greater fabrication and can prove expensive.

4. CALCULATION THEORY AND EQUATIONS (for use in calculation sheets) (Valid only for pure gravity settlers with no internals to enhance separation) 4.1. 0 LIQUID-VAPOUR Vs = K [F] SETTLING VELOCITY P;;: 1 :Jzi;;z;r;lity kg/m3

02.
03.

K =

K = correlating parameter m/s D - panicle diameter -microns C - drag coefficient c,vapour viscosity - centipoise

Vs =

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: 0

Page No :

VAPOUR

- LIQUID

SEPARATORS

Date

a/s5

2.3
cp

f TEP/DP ..J
(see p:

For medium and low pressure- with gases can be used to estimate Vs.

of

viscosity

less

than

0.01

Figure

For higher pressures (> 50 bar) or viscosities in excess of 0.01 cp it is necessary to calculate Vs. The drag coefficient C is calculated using Figure 2 (curve 2) where :

Equation 4.2.

3 is then used to calculate SETTLING VELOCITY law of terminal settling)

Vs.

LIQUID-LIQUID (based on Stokes

The following equation can be used for calculating the settling velocity of water in oil or the upward !settling of oil in water. The important fact is to use the viscosity of the continuous phase i.e : for oil settling upwards through water use the water viscosity, for water settling in oil use the oil viscosity. terminal velocity = gravitation accel fi = density heavy fluid P L = density light fluid c= viscosity (continuous)

ut =

m/s m/s2 kg/m3

kg/m3

kg/m-s

\I

Setting the particle

size to I25 microns and using more useful units gives :

5. 0
.

Ut = 0.513
(p,;-) ~~~~~ntipoise I

. 4.3.

The above equation is valid for REYNOLDS no of 0.1 - 0.3 If calculated settling velocity is > 250 mm/min use 250 max

I VESSEL VOLUMES . Partial volumes of a horizontal cylinder can be calculated using rhe partial volume charts in Figure 3 or estimated using the following equations : (for vessels with a diameter < 1.2 m ignore head volumes) I I I

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG
. ; TEP/DP/EXP/SLR .. (see page 2.13 for sketch) 1 HORIZONTAL
0

DESIGN MANUAL SEPARATORS

Revision

Page NO : *

VAPOUR

- LIQUID

Date

?/85

AL - D2 Cos-1 ,~,-@-~,-hi,2 D - 2h 4 t CYLINDER Vc = AL.L Vdh = 0.21543 HEADS HEADS Vel = 0.52194 m3 h2 (1.5 D - h) m3 h2 (1.5 D - h) m3 (most m3 (gives common) extra vol) in radians

2 DISHED 2 ELLIPTICAL

HEAD

2 HEMISPHERICAL

Vhh = 1.047 h2 (1.5 D - h)

. .

VOLUMEUPTOBAFFLE for depth (elliptical h heads) are accurate for time formula for multiple accuracy between enough saving. see ref list, but are often too complicated = 0.52194 h: 2 (1.5D-h) + AL-B

These

formula

for general

design

and are easily

programmed

on to a calculator n Y r . . More accurate

are available, calculations. the length

to be useful For greater

L should This

be the

tan-tan true with

length large

and vessels

not

the and a

flowpath tight 4.4.

length

nozzles.

is especially

design. PROCEDURE in the attached 1 can be applied VERTICAL calculation VESSEL sheet. < 0.01 cp settling with velocity no mist (this assumes eliminator. It is (vapour-liquid separation)

CALCULATION A guide . . for filling

Decide

if Figure

i.e P < 50 bara,,u curve to evaluate

If applicable a mist Vs using

use the 500 micron will to install be installed) a mist

eliminator equ 3. the

or 150 micron for most

recommended

eliminator

applications.

If not calculate

I
. Derate maximum
.

calculated

settling vapour velocity. diameter

velocity

by

85

% design

margin

to

give

allowable drum

Calculate adjustment

internal

and

round

to nearest

50 mm.

(note

further

1
.

of ID : OD can be made is less than

to suit standard 100 mm (See 4.8).

head dimensions).

Check

if wall thickness

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING. - LIQUID

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

VAFOUR

SEPARATORS Date : 2fsr 2.5 1i

calculate

vessel height based on following

criteria

I.

hl - max (15 8 of b or 400 mm) h2 - 100 mm if mesh selected 150 mm for Compressor KO
hl h2

h3 - max (50 % of !J or 600 mm) If no mesh use hl + h2 + h3 = 60 % 0 or 800 mm

I *F I

h3

h4

h4 - 400 mm + d/2 : d = inlet nozzle @ h5 - calculate based on l-2 minutes residence time at maximum liquid inflow - min 200 mm

h6

h7

I
l?.

Lu

h8

-c, L

h6 - base on following hold up times : (min 350) 4 min - reflux drums with pump 5 min - product drums no pump 3 min 8 min - heater feed 4 min. - HP sep. to LP sep. h7 - 1-2 min residence time - minimum h8 - 150 mm for bottom connected LC 300 mm for side connected LC 150 mm

1*

I !

I I

I I Note :

For compressor suction drums that are normally dry set HLL at 450 mm above tan line and use bottom connected LC. This will reduce vessel I I * height if required. No specific HLL-LLL hold up time required:

I I
.

I I

-, TOTAL
TEP/~P/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERJNG

DESIGN MANUAL SEPARATORS

Revision

Page No : 2.6

VAPOUR - LIQUID

Date

.a83

4.5.

CALCULATION

PROCEDURE

HORIZONTAL

VESSEL (Vapour-liquid) sheet. , , use Fig. I or equ. 3. V m/s esr)

A guide on how to fill in the attached 1. Calculate 2. Derate

calculation

settling velocity Vs for par&al

size 350,

this by F = 0.85 and calculate

required

vapour velocity

Vm = F x Vs x (L/D) m/s 3. Evaluate

use L/D of 3 to 4 max (3 initial area, Av

required vapour cross sectional

4. Assume drum is 70 % full i.e h/D = :7 and evaluate (to nearest 50 mm). For drq vessels de h/D = .35 5. For required liquid surge volume, calculate

drum 0 to give required

Av

vol at HLL, if insufficient

adjust

D or

L (note if L/D changes significantly

recheck Av using new Vm). required

surge

6. Set position of LLL in drum and confirm volume is insufficient

vol between HLL-LLL.

If

increase 0, L or h. Include

volumes in heads.

7. When setting LLL height take into account any LSLL, LSL alarms and vortex breakers which may set minimum value usable. Usually 300-350 mm. 8. Rationalise NOTES : . For high volumetric flows of gas with small liquid volumes consider using split flow arrangement. Design is as above but with half vapour volume flow. Normal (primarily . design is with top entry, offshore) exit nozzles. However if space is limiting all heights and dimensions to nearest 10 mm.

head mounted nozzles can be used to increase flowpath.

L is designated as the flow path length i.e distance between inlet and outlet nozzle. 1 is the tangent-tangent lengh. For 1st estimates 1 = L + 1.5 pi + 1.5 D2 pi = inlet nozzle diameter 02 = outlet nozzle diameter Normal liquid levels are taken as midway between the high and low levels.

rOTAL
TEPIDPIEXPISUR 4-6,

PROCESS ENGINEERING VAPOUR - LIQUID

DESlGN MANUAL SEPARATORS

Revision

Page NO :

TC
TEP/f

Date

: 2/85

2-7

CALCULATION .

PROCLDURE

HORIZONTAL

VESSEL 3 PHASE (See Figure 4)

mixture as well as ! 1

Sufficient residence time to allow separation of the oil-water the oil surge and vapour flow areas must be provided. with steps 1 to 4 as for a two phase separation. L.
to

1. Proceed estimate) 2. Provision

Use L/D

= 3 (lst j

and evaluate

now has to be made

accomodate

bath oil and water surge volumes.

Use Tan-Tan 3. Calculate Inspection interface Note :

length L and not nozz-nozz distance L. LLL required to give approx 4 mins oil surge capacity (minimum). I will reveal whether sufficient height exists below LLL to include the

levels. If not, adjust the vessel bar L to give sufficient

room.

If the water cut is very small, consideration may be given to using a water boot instead of a baffle arrangement see step 10. I

4. Having determined HLL and LLL now set both position and height of baffle. Calculate terminal settling velocity of water droplet (equ 5 sect 4.2) at both HLL I and LLL. Volumetric flow of liquid is in both cases the oil plus the water. Calculate fall distance of a droplet across length of the drum. Baffle height and I position can now be set noting : should be at least 75 mm below the LLL should be at least 2/3 down the length of the drum from the inlet in some cases the water droplets will settle to the floor in a short distance. The baffle should still be set at a minimum of 2/3 along the vessel. to height determined ab the baffle the baffle I

1 t i *Ip

5. Set the HI1 at baffle height - 75 mm. The LIL according vortex breaker + LSLL use a minimum of 300-350 mm.

6. Check if an oil droplet will rise through the water layer (from drum floor) to LIL before reaching water outlet. Use area at LIL with normal oil + water flowrates. (This criteria is very rarely governing but must be checked). 7. Calculate water surge time XJ.8 outlet. Remember to baffle. LMtnimum acceptable consider using a water boot I Vol HIL - Voig LIL, and residence time Vol NIL use only one head volume, and length of drum upto times are 4-5 mins. If calculated times are very long I arrangement.

.*

8. Rationalise all dimensions and tidy levels to standard values if possible i.e : I 150 mm, 200, 250, 300 etc. This allows use of standard displacers.
9. Recalculate Note : all residence In calculating times based on tidied levels (if required).

the final residence times make sure that the vessel tantan length is used and not the nozzle to nozzle distance L.

dTOTAL
* i1 TEP/DP/EW/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEERlNG

DESlGN

MANUAL

Rwision

Page NO :

VAPOUR - LIQUID

SEPARATORS
Date

S/85

2.8

10. Boot calculation.

1s

(See Fig. 5)

If the water volumetric flow is so small as to not warrant a separate baffled . settling compartement as detailed above a water boot should be used instead. To design proceed as follows :

Sf !

1. Proceed as previous upto step 3. 2. Calculate settling distance of water droplet when vessel is operating at LLL. Water droplet should reach floor of drum before oil outlet. Remember that the oil exit nozzle will be raised above the floor as a standpipe. Adjust drum 0 or L to achieve settling. 3. Check that settling is also possible when operating below drawoff nozzle level. at HLL, droplet to fall

5.

). le

II

a I . e. 4 -.
d I

4. Size water drawoff boot 0 (try to use standard pipe diameters). Calculate rising velocity of the oil in water, set downward velocity of water in boot at 90 ,% of this and evaluate boot 0. Boot length by inspection (use standard displacers). Note : Boot 0 must be less than 35 % of vessel 0 When heavy walled vessels are used a remote boot may be more economical to prevent large cuts in the main vessel.

4.7.
:. I

NOZZLE

SIZING (see section 10.0 also)

Inlet nozzle . . . Size based on normal volumetric flow + 10 % (liquid + vapour flow size Limit inlet velocity to 7 - 13 m/s Round nozzle diameter up or down to nearest standard

di
L i. I _I
0

Gas outlet . Size on normal flow . Velocity limit 15-30 m/s .

4.8.

Manholes : 450 mm or 60G

Liquid outlet . Normal flow + 10 % . Velocity limit l-3 m/s HC 2-4 m/s water . Min. diameter = 2 (avoid plugging)

g I

VESSEL WALL THICKNESS Calculate vessel wail thickness thickness should be calculated t < 100 mm. using the ASME VIII div. I formula. The wall immediatiy after D is known to confirm if

: I

-I

QTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR
I

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: 0

Page No :

VAPOUR - LIQUID

SEPARATORS
I

Date

*Z/85
I

2.9
I

PD ZSE - 1.2P

+c

C = corrosion

allowance

mm

- use 3 mm unless stated otherwise by EXP/TRT

diameter mm wall thickness mm = design pressure barg E = joint efficiency use 1 for seamless shells .85 otherwise s = max. allowable stress bar use 1220 bar for CS plate 1000 bar for SS plate for t < 100 mm : no fabrication problems 100 < t < 150 mm : vendor advice may be needed t > 150 mm : Major fabrication problems

-D t P

= Z

In order to meet standard vessel head sizes and wall thicknesses the following ranges should be observed : Vessel diameter : 250 - 1250 mm in increments of 50 mm i.e. 250, 300, 350... 1300 - 4000 mm in increments of 100 mm i.e. 1300, 1400, 1500... Standard wall thicknesses : 1 - 30 mm in increments of 1 mm i.e. 1, 2, 3, B... i.e. 30, 32, 34, 36... i.e. 65, 70, 75, 80...

-1 5-

30 - 60 mm in increments of 2 mm 60 - 140 mm in increments of 5 mm VESSEL WEIGHT

Vessel

5.:

4.9.

weights either horizontal or vertical can be estimated using Fig. 5. This figure j I is for the steel shell including manholes, nozzles, fittings etc but not the removable / I internals or support skid. The heads can be estimated by using weight of 2 heads = ,, (m) x wall thickness (mm) x 20 kg.

5. VESSEL INTERN& 5.1. MIST ELI,MINATORS

6.0 .

R
6 6 6

tMist eliminators or mesh pads are located under the vapour outlet nozzles of aI1 compressor suction drums and fuel gas KO drums. For production separators it is always gaod practice to install an exist mesh pad. For dirty or and high viscosity vendor for futher data. . liquids the efficiency falls to approx. 75 %. Consult

TOTAL
TEPIDP/EXP/SUR
.L

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision : Date ?I=

Page NO :

VAPOUR - LIQUID SEPARATORS A

2-10

Mesh is usually made from 304.55. YORK DATA as follows Types of pad : General purpose High efficiency Dirty service York no kg/m3 Thickness mm 100 100 100 150 150

Residual* entrainment 1.0 - 1.2 -55 - .61 -17 - 0.19 1.6 - 1.8 .8 - .87

PPM

431 421 326 931 644

144 192 115 80

The engineer should specify type, diameter the vessel data sheet.

and thickness

of pad required

on

)e 5.2.
.

For particle sizes of 5 microns or less use two pads spaced 300 mm apart eg : . giycol contactor.

INLET INTERNALS Inlet internals can be specified to aid feed distribution and promote separation. Generally for pre-project stage details are not required. vapour-liquid

5.3.

LIQUID

PHASE INTERNALS and produced water

i IIP -)r
re c

Vortex breakers should be detailed for each oil/condensate outlet where the oulet flow direction is vertical. Vendors will sometimes specify internal packs of tilted arrangements to promote phase separation.

.
.

plates or baffles or other

Sand jetting facilities should be provided for on services where there is a risk of silting or sediment build up in the vessel. Generally jetting facilities are not required on gas-condensate systems. AND USEFUL LITERATURE
4

all is

I /
I

6.0 REFERENCES 6.1.

LUDWIG VOL I CHAPTER PERRY CHAPTER Program calculates 6 partial

ult

I
I

6-2. 6.3.

volumes Pierre Koch OGJ Dec. 3 1983

Operating

data

Pressure Temperature Gas ,MW Gas flow Gas density Acrual

(operating) (operating)

bata C kgfhr kg/m3 Qg m3/s

= = = = = =

l-0434 51-b 7
?.qO
3

Liquid Liquid Liquid

Actual

description flow density volume size rate (T,P) flow

CQ3E kg/hr kg/m3 m3/min microns

0.L = =
=
1~4

rate

Wg T, P flow

4co
rs

2-i 1

BIO
2.23 Iso-

volume

Particle ,Mesh pad

h6

.Ye J No

: :

. .
.

Estimate

Vs using

Figure /^
,+

1 and 500 micron

< 0.01 use Fig.

line for Vs

h II
h8

If P < 50 bar and If P > 50 bar or

1 and 150 microns

it

> 0.01

use calculation

1. Vawur-liquid

settling

velocitv

: from

Fig

vs = vs =

I-6

m/s m/s

7.

w -

or calculated

C = maximum

; velocity

. ,

2.

Derating

% = 85

Vm 5

\-36

m/s

3.

Actual gas flow

volumetric = I m3/s

Drum

flow

area

0-s mm
mm

m2 * II*
ha * = c.q& 8.
V

Calculated drum D = too0 arCn ..Yk bpCCII.A~ 5 2 uapu SELECTED

a+5+3 -64 DIAMETER
L\9..3 a3CrA.d

2500 -

4..

Required

liquid

hold-up

times,

;. min min
min

HIA- --LLL

h5 : h6 : h7 :

HLA HLL LLL

- HLL - LLL - LLA e /no

= = =

2. 5 2.

= =
=

i-b
It*15 4-4

m3 m3 m3
too

= = =

400 z-r50 900

mm height mm
mm

t L D

5.

,Mesh pad :

thickness

mm

Sheet m-4-7
PROCESS, CALCULATION
ITEM

1 of 2

.-I m

S&ET
: DEqAss~4 r50aT

TOTAL
TEfKxF/MP BY / EXP/ SUA
CHK

VERTICAL
OATE

VALOUR-LIQUID
JOB -___-~ TITLE EXAr?td

SEPARATOR

NO JOB

:
Ho

123+
REV

E.XhHtLf

(\ f .

r 1.5eight ?

calculation

. 0

2500 hl :
h2 :

mm I5 % of 0 or 400 mm (Use max) mesh pad 50 % of P or 600 mm mm

mm

h3 : . With mesh : hl + h2 + h3 No mesh : hl + h2 + h3 : 60 % 0 or 800 h4 : 400 mm + d/2 : d = inlet notz 6 h5 : From step 4 or 200 mm h6 : From step 4 or 350 mm h7 : From step 4 or 150 mm h8 : 150 mm for bottom LC 300 mm for side LC
vessel
= =

mm mm mm
550 900

mm mm mm mm

2250
so0

(So

mm mm mm

For dry

h6 + h7 + h8 TOTAL VESSEL HT TAN/TAN

7. Wall thickness
p= 2-5

= SSSO

. .

DESIGN CORROSION

PRESSURE ALLOWANCE :

barg mm

Diameter

= 2500

mm

C =

,Max stress

5 = 1220 bar CS 1000 bar f5 Joint s= t.85) I -2yo

PxD =ZxSxE-1.2P

+c

efficiency
= D/800

E = o.%S
= 6-8

mm mm

tmin

+ C + 3 mm

8. Vessel weight
f=
L= D=2-5

Gig.

6)
= i=os>o kg

7
6-q

mm

Shell Head

weight weight

m (5-9-I)
m

450

kg

(t x D x 20) TOTAL WElCHT = TsoO kg

Sheet

2 of 2

I
f-moP/MP/ @iY

TOTAL
VERTICAL
EXPIQJR
CHK

m-0

PROCESS

CALCULATION

kiEET

ITEY : pqcc=4
VAPOUR-LIQUID
JO9 TITLE

0Qo-r
PEV

SEPARATO
EXCTPZQ~

NO JOEI

: N-

w :

a.3+ tZICh-WwC

QATE

CALCULATION

SHEET

FOR

HORIZONTAL

2 PHASE
-c* -1 a 4

I-

TAN/TAN (L) 6530 L= 6000 mm

6i

D= Zooo
5. Dr

Fc

Head type 2:l elliptical/k Indicate on sketch if demister

l

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

N : v zo\o :

mesh required

Delete as applicable data : pressure bara = temperature C = 20 t I Liquid nature : ~ti Liquid flowrate Liquid density T,P QL actual vol flow Particle size

w elec Vapoc % ToTotal Liquic cala Selec L/D ( Flow1 a) Ta

Operating Operating Operating

r8

Gas molecular w+ cgas flow rate Gas density T, P Qg acttial vol flow Gas viscosity

Kg/hr
Kg/m3= m3/s

= -*cc = (3 950
t%O = O-Z??

Kg/hr = 121 650 Kg/m3= XS.0 m3/min = 2-65 microns =

(50

cP

= 0.0toBS

HLL b) VC LLI. V 9 bc CalC~

1. Vapour-liquid

settling

velocity

: from Fig. 1

NOT
; vs =

or calculated

c=

m/S

2. Max. vapour velocity L/D T 3 3. Actual vapour volumetric flow

Vm=VsxFxL E Qg =
0.2TI

Vm= O*SVC m/s

m3/s

AV = 9g = 0*4X
Vm .

m2

ml50
EP/DOe/olP/

TUTAL
EXP/QJR

liH0
1

PROCESS

CALCULATION
ITEM
NO 1nFI :

SHEET
: EXm-lk~
&I= .

CALCULAnON
I
- _ -I<

FOR HORIZONTAL . OHfUE

- r

4 . Nozzle

sizing

vel limits

m/s

inlet

7-13,

Exit

15-30,

liquid

1-3

pi :
62
6

inlet flow = o-32\

(+ 10 %I 0.35

m3/s

NozzleID=

Actual

VCI

= 16.8

m/s

Gas exit = O-Z% Liquid outlet = O+

m3/s m3/s

NozzleID= NozzleID=

6 6

Actual
Actual

vel = t5 m/s
VCI

= 2*1

m/s

5. Drum sizing For trial 1 tres = 4 mins vol required = 4 x QL =

to*&

m3

elected h/D Vapour area % Total area Vig. 3) Total area Liquid area Calculatd drum 6 Selected drum P L/D (3 - 4) Flowpath length a) Tan/Tan length

Av Ar Al D L L -

m2 m2 m2 mm mm

mm

I I

srso

i HLL height b) VOL Q kLL LLL height ; vo13 LLL AVOL ;__ VW Calculated tres i

d-e.

I
I

NOTES : SELECTED a) DRUM : DIAMETER b 2000 mm x 65%~

mm tan/tan

I$/tan length L = L + 1.5 x Pi + 1.5 92 I nore this correction if D < 1.2 m and use L for volume talcs. For trial 1 use L and ignore heads).
if

b)

VOL HLL is less than required inspection).

surge increase D, L or h/D or reduce tres (by

TOTAL mm-/
=vDDP/MP/

RR0
ExP/suFI DATE

PROCESS

CALCULATION

SHEET

CALCULATION
Jo8

FOR HORIZONTAL 2 PHASE

TITLE :

lfEY :
NO JOB : N* :

fX&l+WLC
REV

l a*

1 =((

6. Wall thickness . . DESIGN PRESSURE CORROSION ALLOWANCE P= k-q C = 3 barg mm Max stress CS = 1220 bar SS = 1000 bar s= I220 E = 0 ~85

Joint efficiency

2SE- 1.2P

PxD

+c

2s

mm

8. Vessel weight (Fig. 6)

t

= 2s L = 6.53 D= 2

mm m m TOTAL

Shell weight Head weight (t x D x 20) WEIGHT= I?,

= LO 800 = \ 000

kg kg CA

000

kg

Wg Del

Qs
Par

II II I I
mmn . t

mocEss

CALCULATION

SHEET

TOTAL
m-mu
TEP/DOelMf

CALCULATION I
SJR

/ UP/

FOR 2PHASE .^_ -.-. -

HORIZONTAL

ITEM :
NO

;
EWPLC Ilh=

*nm u. .

TANRAN LENGTH PLOW PATH LENGTH pt.

L - Soeo Lr 4%oo +y2

I I

1 0

. Amend sketch if boot required instead of baffle Indicate on sketch if mesh required Heads : 2 : 1 elliptical

EQUIPEMENT A B

No : 0 Se\0

3400 Operating Operating Operating GAS MW IWg flowrate Density Q T,P

Qg Vol flow

data : pressure temperature bara C = 4-0 = 50 CONDENSATE pc -. Flowrate Density T,P Kg/hr = 3tooo Kg/m3= 32%.4

! WI

QL
kg/hr Kg/m3 = 35.0 W-ATER CUT m3/& = 1tq : 0~~3Lq5 pw x o.ocn cQ = 4saqt PC 1x5 i- Yln-:y,rc - -;- .-:
w I.

Vol flow T,P m3/min = 0*i1 = 0.75 Viscosity cp Flowrate Kg/hr = QSsS

i Parricie

P size

QW

microns = tso settling

calculate2

PW

Density T,P Kg/m3= 988 Vol flow T,P m3/min = o-168 Viscosity cp = 0-S vs = 0.135
m/s

1. Vapour-liouid I
or

velocity

: from Fig. 1
c ,=
;

vs

dS

i. ,. mv

2. Maximum velocity 3. Liauid-liquid

vapour L/D = 3 settling

Vm=VsxFx& D -\Y+. F ,,

Vm=

O-rcrc6

m/s

Oil in water I Water in oil I

u, = 0.513

f--/c Pd El ut = 0.513 p-/c

mm/min mm/min

.. &oil

2lJ = \7+5

mm/min mm/min

PC H
PROCESS

-*. Utwater

I -I -
TOTAL mm

SI;u

CALCULATION

SHEET

CALCULATION

FOR HORIZONTAL
3 PHASE

ITEM :
NO :

C%4w+d

4.

Nozzle

sizing:

vei

limits

m/s : inlet
m3/s :

7-13,

Exit 15-30, liquid nozzle id :

1-3 actual vel ,M/S 1

1. Inlet

flow

: o*oss L (IO0 -1 ci*%

(+ 10 %)

2. Gas exit : 3. HC outlet : 4. Water outlet : , 5. Vessel sizinq For trial 1 use hold up time

o-036 0 ,012 0 *002B

6. 3 3 (w-1

6.4 2.6 0.G A

oil (HLL-111)

= 4 mins

2-W

OIL SECTION

Selected h/D Calculated (Qg/Vm) Av as % AT (Fig. 3) Total area Liquid area Calculated fJ Selecred 0 L/D (3 - 4) Flowpath length a) Tan/Tan length HLL height VOL at HLL LLL height VOL at LLL AVOL Calculated tres

Av AT AL D L 1 hl h2

m2 m2 m2

I
mm mm mm mm m 11: m3 mm m3 m3 min 1 650
1 1000

I
19

1250

1srt500

Notes or comments :
.

a)

tan-tan

1engthL

= L + 1.5 x (61 + 62) mm - Ignore if D < 1.2 m

.. . .

PROCESS CALCULATION

SHEET

-I
SIFV i

TOTAL
~/orPfDw/uP/sm erl I i34K

CALCULATION DATE
\ JOB

FOR

HORIZONTAL
:

ITEY : MO :
JOB Ma .

3 PHkFE
TITLE

lridA4Pd

+ 1 I
I; I. I, I I I

% ATER SECTION Trial 1 B = 2/3 x L = 3450 mm (rounded)

Total liquid vol flowrate Qw + QL B Baf fie distance AL Liquid area at HLL Vl Horizontti vcl at HLL Ut water (step 3) Vertical fall from HLL = B x Ut/V Final settled h = HLL - vert fall

m3/min :? mm/min mm/min mm mm m2 mm/min mm/min mm mm mm

I I 0.88 1 1 1 I I I I I 1 3460 o-s34 OS5 I??-S s2= 0443

I I 1
I
I

I 1 I
I I
I I i I I I / I

I 1 t

I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I
I I I I I I
i

Liquid area at LLL Horizontal vel at LLL 1 Ut water (step 3) Vert fail from LLL = B x UGJV2 Settled baffle height Selected HIL level (adjust h3 and B if necessary)

AL V2

I ZW
I WI5 ; 290 1 400 I 320 f I

h3 h4

I I I I

I
I

Check oil rise : Horizontal vel at LLL v2 Ut oil (step 3) Vert rise avec dist B = B x U+/V2 = mm outlet height h5 selected LIL level h6 selected outlet height ql water vol at HIL (upto baffle) q2 water vol at LIL (upto baffle)

mm/min mm/min mm mm mm m3 m3 m3 m3 m3 mins mins

*to

I -w I 1 400

i I 1 I
I I I I I I

I I t
I

I
1 1 ZTO

I
I bo 1 I-O! i
1042

I I

I
I I I I I I I I I I I t

$3 water vol at NIL (upto baffle) q4 water vol at outlet ( 1 q surqe = vol (ql - q2) surge time residence calculated q/Qw time q3-q4/QW

I 1 oar 1 I Oti I 10.3 I

1 2.3

I I
I I I I I

I 1 2-h

1
oil residence time (upto baffle) mins i Vol (NLL - NIL)/QL

I I i

I I I I
I I

mm2 TOTAL mQ3

Ep/DoQ/Dw/ExP/sufl BV CMK DATE

.
CALCULATION
3
JOB

PROCESS

CAiXULATlON

SHEET

3 Elc4tiPti

FOR HORIZONTAL PHASE

:

ITEY :
NO JOB : Ho : REV

TITLE

TEP/DI

6.

Wall thickness
.

DESIGN

PRESSURE ALLOWANCE

P = u-7 C=3 Joint

barg mm

Max stress

CS = 1220 bar 55 = 1000 bar s=

I220

CORROSION

efficiency mm

E=

.8<

PxD +c 2SE- 1.2P

35

8. Vessel weight

(Fig.

6) Shell Head weight weight

,:. I .. ?26/0

#,

t= 35 i=S
D = 1.5

mm m
m TOTAL

=)&>-kg = LOSo kg

(t x D x 20) WEIGHT =

PROCESS

CALCU

ILATION

SHEET

4
Ad., E%qv\. c

CALCULATION
PI-IMP/ v PYY EXP/ SaJSUR OATE --

FOR HORlZONTAL 3 LHASE

9 TITLE :

ITEM :
NO
JO8

:
N : 1 REV rb

TAL
T&P/DP/ExP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

I Revision

Page tuo :

VAPOURANDLI:QUTDSEPAR&~RS Date FIGURE 1 : 2/85 2.20

VS - LIQUID

SETTLING

VELOCITY

nd

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

VAPOUR AND LIQUID TkP/DP/EXP/SUR

SEPARATORS Date : 2/85 2.21

FIGURE 2 DRAG-COEFFICIENT VS Re or C (Re$

(Cl

O@

N z

a 0

Page NO : TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1 I FIGURE 3 ..____ RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CHORDAL HEIGHT AND CIRCULAR SEGMENTAL AREA

0 a w 0

10

15 PERCENTAGE

20

25

--

--

OF ClRCLE DIAMETER

rOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR FIGURE 4

PRWESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision
Date

Page No :

VAPOUR FND LIQUID

SEPA!!TORS : 2/8S 2.23 TE

3 PHASE ALL

SEPARATOR DIMENSION SHOWN ARE MINIMUM RECOMENDED

MIN

UY

300

mm

min

HIL ------,M)+&y 100 -I-lm 1,

150

fg

OIL RESIDENCE

TIME

Volume

between time

NLL-NIL

upto

baffle

only

use residence
Volume

of 3-6 minutes HLL and LLL.across

for design full length of vessel

OIL SURGE

TIME

between 5 minutes 3 minutes 8 minutes

use 4-5 minutes

if feeding if pumping if flowing

to another to storage to storage

column/vessel (no pump)

if sole charge NIL and outlet minimum HIL and LIL minimum

to fired

heater

WATER

RESIDENCE

TIME

Volume

between

Use 4 minutes

WATER

SURGE

TIME

Volume

between

Use 4-5 minutes

age No :
2.23

,Y, VOTAL
TEp/Dp/EXO/SUR

PRbCESS ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

Page NO

VAPOUFt AND LIQU,ID SEPARATORS Date : 2/85 2.24

FIGURE 6 Vessel weight estimation

u t of two heads = B(m)xt(mm)xZOKg

fIE 2.400
t-200 _.~ 1.900 1.600
1.400

From hydrocarbon processing August 1981

12UO 1.ooo 900 600 700 600

essel

I IAH!
6 7 8 910

T iFI o i
oddlmlokl+c sdcns Jwt" c08nNl I I IIlrlll I 1416162024683025404560 I IL

so0 I
s

1
12

t Thickness mm t FEED HLL L t min of 1 l/2 x nozzle 0

GAS OUTLET

t S~TANDPIPE OIL EXIT NOZZLE

WATERDRAIN FIGURE 5 3 PHASE SEPARATOR WITH WATER BOOT

.
FOR GAUGING HORIZONT+L . of Total

TABLE

2
TANKS - FLAT ENDS Capa

CYLXNDRICAL Diayctcr

Cjod - Pct.ccntagc
of Tank

- IdC - PcrccnLa8c t

of Total of Tank

0.1 0.2

0.4
0.6 0.8

0.0053 0.0152 0.04L9 0.0788 0: 1tlL

8.8 9.0 9.L 9.4

4.3131 4.456L 4.6045

4.75L5

1.0
1.t 1.4 1.6 1.8 L.0 , L.2 (..4 /,.6 a.!. 8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 6.6 . 4.8 5.0 -* 5.2

0.1691
.O.LLL3 o.reoo 0. Ml9
0.4077

9.6 Y.8 10.0

10.2 10.4 10.6 10.8 11.0 1 l.L 11.4

4.9015

17.6 17.8 18.D 18. L 18.4

11.851 1~. 046

12. L40.

IL.437 . IL. 633

5.05L3
5.2040 5.3580 5.51LL 5.6690 5.0258 5.9848 6. 1445 6.3060 6.4665 6.63~0
6. *i970

18.6.
18. 0 19.0 19. L 19.4 - 19.6 19. 0
l LO. 0

1L. 831
13.030 l3.Li9 13.4L9 13.630 13.832 14.035 14.L38 14.444 14.649 14.854 15. o;jo 15.267 15.375 15.663 15.89L 16. 101 16.31~ 16.5~4 16. 137 16.9~9 I?. J6i 17.376 l 17.590 17.806 18. OLL 18. L40 18.457 10.675 18.891

7.6
; :. 7..8

.li ./

; : 8)

8:C! 8.L
8.6 c.4
.--.-.-.-em-1*.:1

1'1 LCI. CL1 * \Y, 24fTj.,* --IL.-Y-. -v--y---F. 2': ;t- N-,7.-y-is;:0 ClI;Y. C!:r::,Ic' '/ ..-I#--.D l~c),' r G5/.9.~~~ -.-..-..-.-.--.--I-__..._...----.-...
6.1636
c-yr-7

0.4773 6.5501 0.6~63 0.7061 0.7086 0.874L 0.9GLS I . 0533 1.1470 1. L43L 1. 3418 1.44L? 1. 5461 1.6515 1. 759d . 1. e693 1.8914 2.0756 .~.2116 L. x97 L.-I497 2:57 15 L. 6951. L.&L11 2.9493 3.0771 3.2082 3.3408 3.4744 . 3. blot, 3.7460 . 3.8865 4. X76

11.6
11.8 IL.0 1L.L lL.4 Id.6 I/..8 13.0 13.2 13.4 S3.6 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.4 !4.6 14.8 15.0 15.L 15.4 15.6 15.8 16.0 16.C 16.~ 1C.C lb.6 17.0 Ii.2 17.d
/-

LO. LO. /,o. LO.

2 4 6 8

6.9630
7.1305

7 .t990 7.4680 7.6390 .7.811G 7.9840 8.1580 8.3330 8.5090 (3.6360 8. e645 9.0440 9. EL40
9.4050

Ll. 0 Ll. L Ll. 4 ~1.6 21.8

LZ.0 Lt. L 2.4

LL.~
LL. 8

L8. 5 L9.0 L9..5 30.0. 30: 5 310 31.5 3.:..0 31.. 5 33.0 33.5 34.0 34.5 35.0 35.5 36. 0 36.5 371. 0 37.5 38.0 38. 5 39.0 . 39.5 40. o40.5 4J.G 41.5

9.5880 9.7710 9.3560 JO. 142 10. 32-i 10.515 10:;03 10.893 ll.O& 11.273 Jl.-I65 11.657
DFC

L3 0 23. L L3.4 ~3.6 23.8 24.0

L4.L

;g-;

L3.49 24.07 L4.65 LS.L3 25.81 d6.40 ~6.99 L7.5E L8. 18 ~8.78 d9.30 L?. 98 30.58 31.19 31.00 3d.41 33. OL 33.63 34. LS 34.67 35.4s .36. 11 36; 7 37.35 3i. 9t 58. 6C 39.2: 3?. 8t
40.4.

43: 0.

L*i. ~4.6 L/r. LS. /.5. 26. Lb. L7.0 it.

4 8 0 5 i; 5 5

19.110
19.330 l?.S.sl LC. iOh 1.3.061 r: 1. LLZ ~1.785 LL.JS3 ZL. 923

iE. G

43.5. a14.0 44.5 * 45.0 45. 5 ~6.0 46.5 47.0 47.5 -:a. 0 4b. 5 43.0 * 49.5 50.0

41.1; 41.74 42.31 43.0 43. 61 44.2; 44.3 45.51 46. 11 46.8
17.4:

~8. C 48. 7. 49.3 50. f

--.

a*#.::,

.,

I(,

------_-_-.-.--_---.-. ;.,*r:,

-.I_.----v.I

-.-.-*

;;*.

Aker Engineering plc

c I D :

I -_..i I I I t , , _.-__ ..

--8G

1. .-- - .,-..-: ..--. -----_1.--.. -- __-_--..-. 1 I_ -_1 I-+ )

- : -_., .--.- ..-.- _A---. I I -.--.-.-__-, I I I .r.. ___-_ _ _--. . __ __.-, .._ .--

-------.: /-__

-.

65 60

-._; , ---.---., ._.--_-7f

II --+---i--I I I +-

I I -. Ii I I .A.-

I -I--I. i ! iI _-. I-.-- - _ __ __. _ _ I I

-I .._

._.. J---I
-.-.7b 75

-. --60 85 so 95 Ioc

I -._._1 I
-0 5 10

-- i-- --I--I I
55 60 65

/5

20

&;s

30

35

40

46

50

PL-&?CENTACL-

OF

C/h?CLE

D/AMETE~

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUE

PROCESS

ENGINEERING TRAY

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

COLUMNS

Date

: 2,85

3.1

1.

APPLICABILITY .

It

is not

expected
column sizing

that

a hand
would

calculation

of a tray
of a feasibility using

distillation or pre-projecr

or

absbrbtion
srudy any

column

be

performed rigorous

by the engineer.

For the purpose

be performed

require0

SSI PROCESS

simulator,

or similar.

Should, most example

however, common

a quick methods

estimation of hand for this

of

tower for is given

diameter valve trays

and

height is the 3.

be required GLITSCH

one METHOD.

of

the

calculation method

An

of the procedure

in Section

,4 detailed on glycol

mechanical towers

design

of a tray units.

column

is beyond

the

scope

of this

guide.

For

details

see package

2.

DESCRIPTION

AND

NOTES

2.1.

TRAYS

There and
process

are valve

basically trays. Each

three type

types

of tray

used

in distillation and detailed

columns flexibilities as follows :

; sieve, dependant

bubble

cap on the

has specific major

applications aspects are

criteria.

Some

of the

Bubble

caps

Operation

Vapour the

passes

through liquid The

risers on liquid to the the

into tray. exits tray

the

bubble

cap then action via

bubbles

intc liquid-

surrounding contact.

Bubbling
the below. tray

effects outlet weir

vapour downcomer Capacity : ,Moderately rates Efficiency : For many Note Application : All

ant

arrangement high efficiency maintaining was tray expensive the

(minimum liquid most

50 %) is maintained head. type of from

at varying

due to weir many years

common are

tray-consequentI> vendor sources.

published : most major

efficiencies type excepts Ideal for

available

of tray. coking, use polymer in low a vapour

vacuum

fouling must Tray spacing :

services . conditions. flooded

formation flow seal. conditions. conditions

or other where

higt tra)

remain

to maintain 24

IS is normal.

Consider

to 36 for

1 TV @

.,

TdTALTEP/DP/EXP/SUR r Sieve trays

pROCESS

ENGlNEERlNG

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

0.

Page No :

TRAY COLUMNS
Date 2/sr

3.2

With downcomers Operation : Vapour holes liquid. over rises through and liquid weir via bubbles flows i/S across to I tray to Vapour and Liquid holes generally form to through

Without rises bubbles head tray random

downcomers through through forces through below. holes liquid. liquid same Flow is
in

downcomer

countercurrent

tray below.

and does not streams from

continuous

each hole. Capacity : As high down to as or higher 60 % of is poor. than design. bubble At cap trays rates for design rates falls or and

lower

efficiency to operate

performance % capacity. Efficiency : As high variable Application : Systems maintained particles may plug. well,

Generally

unacceptable

below 60

as bubble below load columns. where in

caps a< design 60 % design

capacity. capacity.

Efficiency Not

becomes suitable for

unacceptable

high flushing

capacity them systems

near service. where for oil

design Handles

rates

are

to

be

continuous

suspended

solid

down to tray trays

below.

Can be problem due to poor

to run with salting-out Not flexibility. Tray spacing : 15 average, table. vacuum. Valve rravs/ballasr Generally proprletry include distillation Tray layouts Not only may the type of bubble the Clitsch, same Koch cao aspects as for operation Nutter, Use 9 to 20

run hot and dry, holes

recommended

+ gas service

12 accep KO 30 for

12 average, table. vacuum. Use

9 to 18 accep 18 to 30 for

sieve

trays. Union

Most

valve

design

for specific

problems

and capacities. Carbide. Best

trays are speciaiist Specialist vendors choice of tray for

(flexitray),

application.

cap/valve/sieve
C.

hole be specified Common

for a particular are shown

design but also the tray hydraulics in Figure 1.

liquid

path.

arrangements

^-

rOTAL
TEP/DP/EXJ/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

TRAY

COLUMNS

Dale

: 2185

3.3

Trav efficiencies General tray efficiencies Absorbers Hydrocarbon Amine Distillation

2.2.

to use :

t Strioping

oils + vapour columns

35-50

Hydrocarbon (Amine trays) towers

oils + vapour usually

5C-8C b

units

15-20 % GO-80 %

have 23 actual

CONDENSERS . Condensers recover covered . Basically total vapour. liquid are usually installed and provide on the internal section. condenser liquid product. vapour reflux The withdrawn and consequently vapour returning is normally as reflux from the accumulator under is In as pressure exist, is split partial with and total. When using
overhead

overhead tower

of reflux.

fractionation Design

towers

to is

product

of condensers

in shell + tube exchanger 1 two types of overhead The resultant, portion bubble point

condenser

the heat load is equal as distillate the tray.

to the latent

heat of the saturated some returning

as reflux

and

the remaining For a partial

condenser additional

equilibrrum an external control

2.3.

with

the returning

the condenser withdrawn to the column.

is acting

with all or part of the liquid

REBOILERS . Generally three internal external external In most . The types of reboiler reboiler kettle heat type exchanger exchanger should type furnace, electrical for efficiency. the exist circulation. coil, steam, closed heating nozzle from the exist for light hydrocarbon fractionators.

thermosyphons

cases the heat exchanger

type is preferred

heat

be located

2-3 m below for thermal electrical

column . Reboilers medium . Values methods

so that sufficient may be heated

head is available by direct fire,

or process fluid exchange. of ti overall (incl. fouling factor) for various design guides. types of reboiler and desrgr

are given in the heat exchanger

siq---TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 3. CALCULATIONS See following 4. REFERENCES 4.1. Distillation Part Part I : 2 : AND

PROCESS

ENGINEERING TRAY

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

COLUMNS Date : 2f85 3.4

pages :

3.5

to 3.11 LITERATURE

USEFUL

Distillation Hydrocarbons Mechanical

Process Designs

Performance + stripping for Performance fundementals

LUDWIG

VOL II - CHAPTER

Absorption

Parr 3 : 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. Absorption Gas liquid Thermosyphon

and fractionation systems reboiler piping

CAMPBELL PERRY

VOL I - CHAPTER 18 MOBIL 1982

13

- CHAPTER

design
1

W.F. ABBOTT - Hydrocarbon

Pr. March

TRAY

TYPES

BY

LlQUlO

PATHS

FIG.

No :

3.4

TRAY

CALCULATlON

DATA

SHEET

Column

item:

?>

Zo(6

Tray number: I.
VAPOR

8
TO TRAY

Number-of

passes:

kg/h

MW

kmol/h

PC

I
I

I I
m T,. T,
T,

= = t, = tc
=

13-n + 273 + 273

1-1

C =. 2.86.1+ =
308.7 L 0.522

P K
K

23-6 4842 t 0~S-f PC

ATM. ATM.

abs abs

PC = P, Then Z = O-637 = p \

Tc

Vapor

density 12.03x kfw x P (atm) = 12.03 x 31.4 x 27.6 3.63;LI x 286.(3 5: I- - i-. -

Dv

z x TV (K) =
t , - * ..,,

53.806

kg/m3

Vapor

actual

rate

c, = kg/h
Dv

16%%0
53.806

m3/h

HS

Sheet

1 of

RIU TOTAL mE0

TEP/DU/DtPf

PROCESS

CALCULATION
ITEY

SHEET
: : N* :

TRAY
SUR DATE 1 JO8

COLUMNS
NO TITLE : JOB

t%4fvu
REV

EXPf CHK

&BY

2.

LIQUID tL d@lj Liquid CL = =

FROM 13.2 = Oe38q flowate

TRAY lC dL at tL = 7 b ooo = O-411 kg/h = 98000 @ =

238.4 m3/h

kg/l-

or

x IO3 =t

kg/m3

kg/h dL at tL (kg/l)

41i
VElOcrrY hsg
..

-.

at tL

3.

DOWNCOMER

DESIGN

TS = 1% =
DL - Dv = VDdsgo
System

650

mm kg/m3

Tiiy

SPerJc,

3.9
3io Kl = 1

= factor

mJ/h/mz

(Fig.2 d (Tabie

) (610 mJ/h/mZ \ ) 2

maxi)

Ddsg 4, VAPOR TS =

= Ddsgo CAPACW 4SO mm 0*58 K2

x KI

32 CAF

mJ/h/m

FACTOR

CAF o =
System

(Fig. 3 1 = l.0 = LOAD 1.0 V Load (Table ,2) = 0 a38 -

factor = CAF,

CAF 5. VAPOR

x K2

x 0.38.

EFFECTIVE

6.

APPROXIMATE

COLUMN .

DIAMETER

DT

= 2.5

m (Fig.41

Sheet mu0 ~~fllwf 7 * TRAY

JO8

2 of

PROCESS

CALCULATION
ITEY

SHEET
:

no

TOTAL
EXPf SUA CHU DATE COLUMNS
TITLE :

NO Jo8

:
N* :

EXA4CLC
REV

3.2.

COLUMN HEKHTESTIMATION

Ql

a.

See design details Minimum inlet distance nozzle

on vertical

vapour-liquid will. be one tray

separators. spacing. Minimum distance

between

for,Hl

and to tray 300 m. Selected HI = 600 mm

b. H2: HZ : tray spacing No actual for x (number of actual trays/ = 56% Actual Note : if the column h, = r z(01 2 diameter changes over the length, increase trays = the transition l6 fzs-rr ti&-rC 7 trays - 1)

trays = theoretical 2.1

see section

piece will be

- 02) long and HZ will

by this amount

Selected

HZ = 6

?SO

mm

Sheet

of

mm2 TOTAL mHl

EP~WP/DIPIEXP/~SUR BY CHU DATE

PROCESS

CALCULATION
ITEM

SHEET
:

TRAYCOLUMNS
NO JO8 TITLE : JO8 : No

EZ(G4QLE
REV /

c.

H3:

H3 = hl + h2 hl = tray spacing h2 - see vertical h6 = hold up time x 2= separator volume

,X0:

Qao

*m

sizing

= h6 + h7 + h8 Ser

For production
.

flowing column

to : t = 15 min 2 10 5

Flo
IV0

another storage a furnace another

He

. I . .

Set

unit exch. . h7 = coo

reboiler/heat

5 h8 = 500

h6 =

2000

SE H3 = hl + h2 = 3-0 mm Selected H3 = 3Wo mm

ii

F tv ts

TOTAL

COLUMN

HEIGHT

= Hl

+ HZ + Ii3 = 6750

mm

Sheet PROCESS CALCULATION SHEET ITEM : MO:

4 of

roTAL
P/DoefuP/uP/mm

TRAY

COLU:

;Us

cuT+fLc

PROCESS TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

ENGINEERING TRAY

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page .No

COLUMNS

Date

: 2/85

3.9

TABLE SYSTEM

FACTORS

jewiCe

System Factor regular systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- . . . . . . ..I.~.................~.........~...~.... e.g., oil absorbers, e.g., amine and glycol amine and glycol regenerators...... 1.00 0.9 .85 .73 .60 -30
I

\ion foaming, Fluorine Moderate *eavy

systems, foaming, foaming,

e.g., BF3, Freon . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..-.......-..........-.-...................

absorbers . . . . . ..-.......I-.................. Severe foaming, e.g., MEK units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..-.....................-...... . . . . . ..-......-.-............-....... Foam-stable systems, e.g., caustic regenerators

TABLE SYSTEM Service

FACTORS System Factor

Non foaming, Fluorine Moderate

regular

systems, foaming,

systems .............................................................. e.g., BF3, Freon ........................................................ e.g., oil absorbers, amine and glycol regenerators ...... and glycol absorbers ...................................

1.00 0.9 .85 -73 -60 -60

Heavy foaming, Severe foaming, Foam-stable

e.g., amine

e.g., MEK units ........................................................... ..................................... systems, e.g., caustic regenerators

TABLE Column diameter

3 1Minimum recommended Tray spacing : 75 mm 450 600 700

mm

0 1 200 < 2 500 < 0 0 0

< < < >

1 200 2 500 4 200 4 200

950

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING TRAY COLITIS

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

CAF,

Fiq.

FLOOD

CAPLCITV

OF

IALLAST

TRAYi

c
-

I --

PROCESS ENGlNEERtNG
No :
TRAY ~~LwQIS

DESIGN

MANUAL

newwon

rage No :-

10

-Ep/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/85

3.11

Fl9.

tauLAsr
APPROXIMATION

TR*v DIAMETER
PURPOSES ONLY) lrl,b . Ll0Ul0

LO40 m*m

(FOR

100

3000BASE TS = coo FF I IO\ 750

700

2500 -

650

600

Is0

so0

AS0

A00

as0

100

2so

200

'SO

100

so

-0

OTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY FEASIBILITY Under complex transfer normal

PROCESS

ENGINEERdNG

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

PACKED

TOWERS
Date : 2m

3.12

STUDY

: PRE-PROJECT the design information of a packed regarding tower both would packing be detailed of packed type by a vendo towers i

Pat 15co1

circumstences data supplied specific

based on process

by the engineer.

The detailed

design

and requires

and size and mas

GOI

data for the fluids

contacted. guide details and loading are given on the general and pressure tower methods the arrangement of packet

wit tov
, Lit

For the purpose towers, The various

of this design types of packing of the engineer

drop correlations. be evaluated in design guide of this by a vendor literature and is normall: o (set

ant

determination by the

height description.

of a packed using level. is beyond

should scope

determined references). unnecessary 2. PACKED A general Packing The correct required Table NOTES .

if required and pre-project + NOTES tower

outlined

In
do en

A detailed for feasibility TOWER

Fc DESCRIPTION pa is shown in Figure 1.

arrangement

of a packed

selection

of a tower

packing

will normally drops stated.

be made Details

by the vendor

based on th

i) II *lu I\

process, 1 - Packing

flowrates service

and pressure applications.

on packing

are given in :

AND

GUIDELINES steel towers may be lined for being corrosive processed the packing service with rubber, plastic or brie

Carbon depending

on the nature are generally and gives

of the fluids loaded

and the temperatures rather than stacking. pressure drop.

encountered. Stacking Certain is mor packin

Towers expensive

by dumping liquid request.

inferior at vendor

distribution

but smaller

types will be stacked

Nc

&AL
TEP./DP/EXP/SUR

/
I

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

PACKEDTOWERS

3.i

1
per support plate/grid packing should types. not exceed 12 (3.6 m) for Raschig are normally
rings

Packing column Good within towers ack Liquid stacked for ! (5 mal In order enough packing. Packed Packed i) In tl ii) small

heights diameters liquid

of to t;

15-21) (4.5 - 6 m) for other enc en m; distribution

Individual

bed heights

limited

or 6 m maximum. over the packing of liquid towers should is necessary enter to promote should adequate phase contact for small

the bed. The streams

the bed on 3 - 6 square of streams

centres

with D < 36. For larger redistributors diameters packing should for other

the number after types.

not be less than (D/6)2.

be installed packing liquid

and 5-10

3 tower diameters for Raschig rings Redistributors are not generally required for

approx.

as the downward ceramic

flow is vertical. packing breakage occuring during The limiter flow surges holdbe heavy on the

to reduce

and&carbon are installed

down or floating For ,plastic

bed limiters packing

on top of the packing. is bolted in place

must

to hold down the bed and be able to resettle or metal the bed limiter

as the bed moves. and does not rest

towers tower

are not recommended should be considered

for

dirty

service

fluids

nor for for :

glycol

dehydration.

in preference

to tray towers

columns foaming

with 0 < i ft liquids liquids drop requirement

acids or corrosive

iii) highly

iv) low hold up times v) low pressure

brrc td. mor ckin

.,

..

.I

f&CESS

ENGINEERJNG

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No : 0

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

fRAY

COLUMNS

Date

: 9r/a5 3 11

4. REFERENCES 4.1 Applied

A&D Process

USEFUL Design

LITERATURE for chemical +

LUDWIG

Petrochemical 4.2 Design Bulletin. 4.3 Tower Packed Hy-Pack Interlox 4.4 Design Packed
saddles

plants

- VOL II pp 129-239 for Packed Towers NORTON Co.

Information DC- IL Packings Tower

Bulletin
Internals

TP-78
MY-40 CI-78

*I
1,

TA-80R

Techniques Towers

for sizing

- John S;- ECKERT Chem. Eng. Process Sept. 1961 VOL 57

4.5 No mystery

in packed

bed Design

John S. ECKERT Oil and Gas Journal Aug. 24 1970

4.6 Calculator Packed 4.7 Packed Calculator 4.8 Packed

Program Towers
column

for Designing

V.I. PANCUSKA Chem. Eng. May 5 1980 T.J. Chem. HIXSON

Design

on a Pocket

Eng. Feb. 6 1984 Chemical Eng. Handbook 18.47

Columns

Perry

pp 18.19 +

dc

,F-. TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

1 PROCESS

tNGINttHINb

UtSlCiN

MANUAL I

nevlrron

u I

Page &o

Date

: 2185

3.15

Liquid

hh( -rJ

FIGURE

Pockirq

Support Flonq0d towrc~ioa in!0 BoUon for frctim

Liquid

RvDirMibrtaf Stocked Layers of Lorq8 and (a trrmrdiai0 Simd Pockiaq

(Not Nrcers#ril Sam 0, Balk 0

~kctinq

Suppor(

aq--=-

P0cLirq Sohct0d br Procwa opfi(ti loumM0

Packing Puk& h&Ad Glazed and unglaed. Ponxhin

Or Chemical stasennz

Suvia

Appliation

ucnurb

Ncuual
didofu %WJ~

axd acid muexcept 0olvcntr. hybP

Uoglsxcd
rypspeikda-

usual

Not m hoc, ausuc (&me 70 P.)

aept rpcci81 reqnircnlmt of bow acLsorpcion on surface. special ccnmicr available for

TABLE

mild curtie zzy*

a1oDcwuc.

Par-

PACKING SERVICES AND SIZES

St an

rho&
weigh

Thcrmrl low cubic

light

weight

Packing Sire This affects contact efiicicncy; usually, packing is more efficient; however, pressure
ClY.aSU.

the

rma drop

As a gmeral Packing

guide,

use: Column Diam., inch 6 I, - 12 12 - 18 18 - 24 24 - 48 36 - larger

Size. Nominal, **- 34 $# _ 1 1,, - 1% 1% - 2 2 ,, - 3

inches

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
PACKED -RS

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Paw No :

Date

: 2/85

3.16

iDesign Techniques for Sizing Packed Towers

Reproduced from NORTON 'resign Information for Towers ' Bulletin DC-11 Packed

3.0

100

. ..-

1. Tc tr a1 ba

GBEWLEDPRESSUREDAOCI

.
1 2. *
P
J

IC (a d
h
J

n c s c
C

i t I I I I

I / i

002

0.04

06

0.1

02 t-/E--

0.4

0.6

1.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

Packing Factors
(DUMPED
Packing Hy-PakTU Super Intalox Saddles Type

PACKING)
Nominal Packing Size (Inches)
3

Matl. /r
Metal Ceramic Plastic

lt6

Va

loril 43 60 33

1%

11/i 2or12 18 30 21 40 33 52 24 20 40 65

3/ior#3 15

sutydfdlrl:,lox
Pall Rings Pail Rings lntalox*Saddles Raschig Raschig Raschlg 8erl
P8Ckllle OJtJ

16 16 16 22 37

Plastic
Metal I Ceramic Ceramic 5/32 metal
/6 metal

97
I

52 ( 48 145 92 155 115

137 -----I

70 200 580 300

410

725
1600

330 1000 390

Rings Rings Rings

380 170
290

255 155
220

125 95

700

110 83 65

57

32

Saddles
fWtOt% by LJJ det.lW,ed

Ceramic
rtt,, J

900
JWrJtJl SfltJl In M

240 1
1.0. t-r.

170

110

45
--

TOTAL

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG
PACKED T-95

DESlGN MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

1 TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: z/es

3.17

1. To design tha JmOUnt determme bath liauid

2. After

the value of X consult the gcnerahred pesurc drop correlation l oove. It knfl be noteo mat there are a series of marked parameters rangmg from 0.05 to 1.5 jnchcs of water pressure drop per foot of Pachcd death (4 to 125 mm of rater pressure amp per meter of packed dCDth). Normally. a packed twer should be deslgoed to 00emte at J mammum economrcal pressure Omp. The du:gn l ngtner must determme the but balance between hagher apical uwestment vs. lower ooentmg costs for low pmsure drop twen. and low apttrl mvestment vl. hrgher

--K f
L

a packed Wr. fiat it is necessary to know Of lipuld or gJs IO ba handI& JtId from thas the liquid-gas nuo (L/G). The Oensrt~es of and ftas should be known and the term

using

the

equation:

,I akulatad. tncn the JblOSY. x = - L - is G v- R

alculatlng

WhcrcAZ Thcs filled

ciotal c Ibs./tq.

Ibs./sec.

tt.mc.

JS aetemvn~

from

Step

4.

establishes the dlrmeter wth the -clung sekcted kqudana gas rates. rnll develoo

of the torcr rhl~h; ana oDerated at the seecua Dressure

-ill

when
oeragn amp

6. The Qepth l ppmach transfer

opentmg cysts amp. Ordinanlyy.

for tmven oocrrhng packed towers are

at

not

htgher ownted

pressure aowe

be deoenoent 00 the, reaurreo with 1OOy mass, rncow8uiiy nqumng a bea of rnfmrte deptn.8 Therefore tow-a0 are ahays desqned to 00erate at I~SS. than total mass transfer. In gas J0~0rpt10n Dmbkms. the, bed is usually alculated from the mass transfer CD-. effioenti )(r;J =

of the to total

bed requfred mass transfer

1.0 men of water prawn dmp per foot of packed depth (83 mm of water pressure drop 0er meter of packed depth). Htgher pressure drops are poiuble wfren mstfumentatfon IS such as to matntmn a constant prarun amp. Most ab sorben and regenerators are bes~gned for lw pressure drop ooeratron. l.c.. somewhere ktwcen 020 and 0.60 inches of water prcuure dmp per foot of packed depth (17 and 50 mm of water pressure drop per meter of packed depth). Atmospheric or pressure disMaUons art dcugnd for prurun dmps of 0.50 to 1.0 mcha of water pressure amp per foot of pcked depth (42 mm to 63 mm of water pressure amp per meter of packed depth). Vacuum dlStillabons run the complete nnge of pressure drop and aredependent on what is t0 De accomphshed and whether me va&um is solefy for impmved seoantlon or whether It ts to reduce tempenture of repantron to trnorove pdua

N
t-i A I A YLM
the gas to me hqurd phase. 8s mvolvea then me mars

because the drive IS from Or if a sttipping operatton fer co-cffioent becomes: Kra =

tmnS.

HAAXU

qualiiy. The ducgner

should keep in mmd that the pressure dmo parameters shown on the generalized pressure am0 carrdauon are m Inches of rater (mm of water). Therefore. when oargnmg columns operatrng mth other lioutds. SW oal consldentron should be grnn. apeaally *men the specific gnnty of the liquid is substantially ICSS than that of water. For example. an rbsoorbcr handhng a hyOrour0On wrth a specffic gravrty of 0.5 wtll uhtbrt the propen~es of a t0wer rrth a hold-up volume corresponding to a pmsure drop l poroxrmatefy 80% greater man that for whfch It uas dacgne4. the value of X as me abscfssa fn Step 1. and selected an aperatmg pressore drop m Step 2. the value of the ordmate. Y. may be determuwd by the use of the genmlrxed pressure dmo cornWon. Locate the value of me l bsassa on thrs chart: move vertralfy untff the pmper pressure drop prrameter 8s contacted: then move honxontalfy fmm thts pomc to the left hand edge of the chart and read the value of me ordmate. Make the value 4ual to thus group of vanaWe: havmg determined

because the Qnve IS imm the liaufd to the gaS phase. The defin8bons of me terms for the r0ovc cquatfons for X.4 and Kra are as follows: Kd = Mass transfer CD-ffioent lb. mola/ft.S Hr. Atm. = Mass tmnsfer co4fioent lb. moru/ft.J Mr. k. N = Lb. rnolc~ tnnsferred/Hr. H = Packed depth of tower paclung. ft. A = Tolm truss suxronal area. ft.2 P = System pmure. atmospheres Y, = Gas phase mole fracbon. component I Ye = Gas phase mole tractton of component i rn ecyutlibnum rnth kqutd bulk phase mole fractfon of ccfmpanent i. XI X, = Liquid phase mole fnctton, cOmPonent I phase mole fnctton of component I rn X, = Liquid equilibrium rcth gas bulk phase mole fnctlon of camponent i. Y, For cwnterturrent
AyLy =

gas-liquid
(YieY;)2-(Yi-Y,)1

flow

. After

La [

(Vi

Yi32

/ (vu *Yi)l

y1. Then G =

CGFVO- EG?--RI

The value of all variables of the Ilqutd. the packmg

I !

6 known except for the WsCoslty factor f and the gas t-ate c. The viscosity of the hqu~d can be detemlned from htenture. experiment or l pproxrmatton. The packmg factors Of alI SUes of packmg are gtven tn the table on page 4. grOad(y Speaking. packings smaller than 1 rnth SlZe Jre Intended for tuweo one foot or smaller tn diameter. packrngr 1 mch Or 1% mch m saze for tower over one foot to three feet (0.3 to 0.9 meters) rn drameter and 2 or 3 inch PaCkrngS are used for towen three or more feet (0.9 mere-l In okaml ter. The destgner should select the omoer srze of PJChW. and therefore the pt-ooer pacfung factor rn trhr lust CaICUlatlOn. ail vanaCMes have and the tyaamecer
assigned

5. NOW thal CJkulattd

of

the

values. G may tower aetermlneo

be Oy

where the subscripts 1 and. 2 refer to the top and bottom of the cOfumn rapectrvely. The equatfon of AX IS l nafogouS to the equation for AYL. gfven above. La and Kra data are l vadable for most l bsorptron ana stnppng ooentmnr. 8eausa the data on absorption of CO, wth caustic soda solutfon are So complete for me various packmgs. it is not at all unusual to use the data as a ntto mformahon source for aesrgn wrth other packmgs and other rites than those for whrch dwrct rnformatron l xrst.s. Distillrtton umts are generally desrgnea an the basts of HEW (hcrght equrvalent to a thcoretfal plate). Hundreds of 01st1b Won l xDenmental studfa have caused US to conclude mat the pmpMws of a system have little to do wth the HETP value. pmviOtd that good dfstnbutfon IS marntarncd and the packed bed IS operated wth pressure amPs of at kast 0.20 mches of water pressure drop per foot of packed depth (17 mm of water prasure drop per meter of oackecl depth). Mass tnnlfer taking place rn packed beds. where any ~uO~tant~al amount Of pressure drop exrstS. wfll occur predommatcty IS a result of turbulent contact of gas and IWJI~ nther than as a offfustonal operatfon governed by film resistances at the mterlace. Once the total bed depth has been detcrmlned. the death of rnd~~dual beUs must be estabhshed. Gcneralty. ~nd~~dual bed defxh 1s held to l tght column etameters or 20 ft.. l nhougn under CeRam conditions 30 ft. Oeos are Mnnrssrblc. Prooer to-3 mternals are re~uwed to real~re me full poccnbal of the pachmg rn any l pphcatron. (See cng8nnrrng manual TAbOR.)

, PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Revision

:
: Z/85

Page No :

I Date

il,

HEAT

EXCHANGERS

TOTAL
TEP/DPIEXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY It is not expected engineer. calculation A quick For the would estimation

PROCESS

ENGINEERtNG

OESlGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

SHELL

AND TUBE

EXCHANGERS

Date

Tf
.: yss 4.1

that a hand calculation purpose be performed of a feasibility

of shell or

and tube pre-project

exchangers study or HTFS. length

be performed any required

by the rigo,rou!

using computer area, sheil

programs diameter is given

HTRI

of heat exchange An example

and tube in Section 3.

should

be done by

hand calculation. A detailed

2, DESCRIPTION 2.1.

of the procedure

mechanical
AND

design is beyond
NOTES

the scope of this guide.

DESCRIPTION The flow single

of fluids

inside

the exchanger to TEMA

varies side. standards

according Figure ;

to requirements

and can be

or multi-pass

on either

tube or shell

1 shows the types of tubu,,.

heat exchanger The following 2.2.

manufactured

types are frequently (Heaters) (Thermosyphon (Kettle) OF SHELL OR TUBE

found : Condensers Chillers (using refrigerants)

Exchangers Reboilers Evaporators

or forced

circulation) -

SELECTION a. Tube b. Shell -

SIDE

FOR THE FLUIDS

side : &Most of time Fouling Sea water side : Fluid with the highest (refrigerants viscosity in chiller) fluid Condensation fouling fluid - Least highest pressure fluid to install the sea water on tube side) fluid Cooling water, steam

or corrosive

(it is always recommanded

Evaporation Most of time

lowest pressure

2.3.

SELECTION . . . Standard Diameter Pitch with

OF TUBES length : 12, 16, 20 but longer used : 3/4, used : triangular only. I or square. External tube cleaning is possible tube lengths are possible (upto 40)

commonly commonly

squarepitch

2.4.

TUBE
.

SIDE VELOCITIES tube. side velocity 1.3 to 2.5 m/s. I to 1.2 m/s a problem. fouling will be excessive, much above 2.3 m/s erosior. can for . most materials and services should be held between

The about Below

become

PROCESS jge No SHELL TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 2.5. CHARACTERISTICS

ENGlNEERfNG AND TUBE

DESIGN

MANUAL

EXCHANGERS

Revision Date

0I

Page No :

: 2f85

4.2

OF TUBES BWG = BIRMINGHAM WIRE 1 SECTION 1 1 I (cm2) 0.565 0.694 0.819 1.177 1.434 1.727 1.948 2.154 2.714 3.098 3.523 3,836 4.122 4.885 5.375 5.909 6.357 6.701 7.665 8.300 8.962 9.512 9.931 GAGE ! AREA (m2/m) 1 Internal I I 0.0266 0.0295 0.0321 0.0384 0.0424 0.0466 0.0495 0.0520 0.0584 0.0624 0.0665 0.0694 0.0720 0.0783 0.0822 0.862 0.0894 0.0918 0.0981 0.1021 0.1061 0.1093 0.1171 i WEICh f (kgm I 0.6OC I 0.49C I 0.384 I 1.436 I 1.216 I 0.96: 0.774 0.597 2.024 1.696 1.324 1.057 0.811 2.604 2.158 1.682 1.34c I 1.024 f 3.18 I 2.63; I 2.035 I 1.62: I 1.237

ZI by ttrigqrol I I ( done b l/2 in I (12.7 mm) f * External diameter in et mm)

I I THI;C$..lESS f BWC, 1 I I I I I 1 I 14 1 16 I 18 I 10 I :t j 16 I I8 I 10 I 12 I 14 I 16 I I I 2.10 1.65 1.24 3.40 2.77 2.10 1.65 1.24 3.40 2.77 2.10 1.65 1.24 3.40 2.77 2.10 1.65 1.24 3.40 2.77 2.10 1.65 1.24

Internal ; diameter , km) I 1 I 0.848 0.940 1.021 1.224 1.351 1.483 1.575 1.656 1.859 1.986 2.118 2.210 2-2v1 2.494 2.616 2.743 2.845 2.921 3.124 3.251 3.378 3.480 3.556

i External I I tI 0.0399

I
f

I I
!

I
0.0598

I
1 I 1 1

I (19%: Zrn) I 1 can b tubui, I 1 1 in I (25.4 mm)

I I
i I I

I I I I

I
) f I I 0.0997 0.0798

I
I

!
I I. ! I 11/4 in

I
i

I
I 1

I (31.75 mm) I

l8 I 10 1 it I

I
I

I
I

16 18

I
1 1

I I
1

; 1

1 1 I 0.1197

I 1 I I

ll/tin 1 (38.1 mm)

I 10 1 :t

I
I I

I
I I

de) 2.6.

I 16 I I 18 I

I 1

I
!

TEMPERATUREAPPROACHANDPINCH . . minimum minimum temperature approach 5 C. or chiller 3 C.

pinch for condenser

2.7.

DESIGN
.

MARGIN

10 % on area is recommended. DROP n P varies pressure drops with the total of 0.7 to system 1.0 bar pressure per and the phase of fluid. are common. Th

possible

2.8.

PRESSURE
.

Allowable Liquid equivalent

.
berween

exchanger

gas drop is about have

0.2 to 0.5 bar. losses and as reboiler and condenser (les

Some

exchangers

low pressure those in vacuum

than 0.1 bar) especially

-

system.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

SHELL

AND TUBE

EXCHANGERS

Date

: 2/85

4.3

2.9.

CHOICE a. Front . . . . b. Shell . .

OF HEAT

EXCHANGER head types

TYPE

(Figure

1)

end stationary

Type A : Used for frequent the cover. Type B : Cheaper difficult. Type C : Cheaper Type D : Special types Type E : Type F : In general . Advantage . Disadvantage than than Type Type

tube

side cleaning the

due to the ease of dismantling of the bonnet The price increases is morf quick11

A but

dismantling

To be used for clean This

products.
never used.

A for low pressure. type is practically P > 200 bar.

with the pressure.

for high pressure

the most commonly : Fluids : leakage -decreases mechanical low

used. counter current (F = I). baffle and shel. between in value. problems drop from baffle). of Type E shells in series. expansion. eg : < 1 bar (risk of damage the longitudial

flow at perfect

pressure

of the longitudinal This type will be used only to avoid . a great number

reboiler. Type G & H : Used for low AP = 50 mbar as for thermosyphon Vertical baffles are not installed for these types and due to thal the length
of the shell

must

be limited. for Type belt. ie chiller, some reboilers... E and also sometimes or

. . c.

Type J :

Used for high condensates

flow

or high

AP

to avoid the use of vapor is required

Type K : Used for vapor separation end, head types L, M and N : Fixed cn the shell. L and N will be used for dirty Generally not used. tube sheet,

Rear .

Types
low

used for clean head

fluid

on shell side and fol an expansior cases the

AT

< 30 C. If A T > 30 C

use other fluid

types

or install

joint Type . . . . . d.

on tube side. For the other

type M will be used it is the cheapest. Type P : Type 5: Type T : Type Type Used very frequently, For frequent dismantling, on tubeside 5 for same number U : For clean 7. : Generally fluids not used. no restrictions. expensive,
no other

shell

diameter

larger low cost.

than typt

of tubes generally

not used. resrrictions,

Conclusion The most frequently used types are : BES, BEW, AES, BEM, divided flow, BEU.

Page No : TEP/DP/EXP/SUR w

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
AND TUBE

DESIGN
EXCHANGERS

MANUAL

Rdvision :

0 I

~-Page-Nay-r
\ 4.4.

I
Date
: 2/85

SHEU

~~~~ ,.xchonger
FIGURE imantlint

nommtclatura
1

is more

s quick11 A

w-----i
WITM TWO PAS 1OtGllUMNU WELL Mffl.E

ONE

PUS

MU

IL
and shell B

sONNO

IINWL

COVER1

damage H C

D--,----,DoualESNl FlOw

ies. -. e to thal
CHANNEL INTKiML SlitIT AND RWVA8lt WlTti TUI COVtl

times

on

/I

, _
flOW

MVIDED

rs... N e and for expansion -

C+t*NNEL tNTCCPA1 wITI4 TUf WFn AND PEMOVAIlE COVE

-k .+
WCti mESURE

1 -

cases

the D

I
SPKIAL CLOSL

than

type

aoss

FLOW

-.

BEU.

ITEM :
DUTY HOT FLUID Inlet temperature Outlet temperature COLD FLUID Inlet temperature Outlet temperature Tl - t2 (1) T1 T2 t1 t2

1 Q (2) 1 kcal/hr 1 I I t I C C C C

I I
0.5

VALUE
s
IC

NOTES
G

i i

f Indicate I

temperatures

@>b -3

1 I rS I 26

T2 - tl LMTD t2 - tl Ti - rl Tl-T2 p - t2- tl Ti-tl R=Tl-T2 t2 - tl F = LMTD factor Number Number HEAT correction (2) of shell passes (3) of tube passes TRANSFER COEFF. U 1 kcal/hr I m2 C I I .

I I
I i I

i
I I I , I Fig. 2 Fig. 2

k I
I I
I

4oo

I
I

i
including fouling factor I i

HEAT A=2

TRANSFER

AREA

I
C?S -I I lr=o*q5 I :c ( -0,) Sfq u +a* pdh I , id f3.4 - i cso t-k5 I EZCA*o~Cf- Yw? I ficr, I I . I

U.F.LMTD TUBE LENGTH SHELL DIAM WEIGHT

l

1; I

m2

1 I

I I I I 1 t I I I I I

ESTIMATED ESTIMATED ESTIMATED

1 I

FT ins

I I
2.76 I I 5. IS 1 s

Bundle\ tonnes Shell I tonnes Total 1 tonnes

PROCESS

CALCULATION

SHEET

TUTAL
EPl~mlP/
IY

ITEM: 6cz pLsc;c-;

EXPlSUA SHELL AND
DATE

TUE3E HUT
\
JOB TITLE : Fr3

EXCHANGER
Cih4cA~

NO JOE

:
N= .

E: ~23C
E y.\.wL: REV

CM% I

14lU

/I

TOTAL r,
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
SHELL

DESlGN MANUAL

AND TUBE EXCHANGERS

(I) Use following

formula ifT2-tl>Tl-t2

L,MTJ-J = (T2 - ti) - (Ti - t2) Ln T2 - tl Tl-t2 LMTD = (Tl - t2) - (T2 - tl) Ln Tl - t2 T2 - tl

if Tl-

t2 > TZ - tl

Remark

: If the heat by step partial with LMTD

exchange the

curves

are not linear of the duty

the LMTD and step. with

should the

be determined ponderation of

step the

linearisation

curves

by the panial

on each linear

(2) For total

condensing

In this surface

case calculate

the

heat

transfer

area

for each

zone,

the T*irn of these

areas

is the

for the exchanger. correction of shell factor and tubes (Figures 2) be chosen . in order to have 1 < F < 0.8

(3) See LMTD the number

passes should in series) transfer.

If F < 0.8 add shells (4)-See 4. Section 5 shell

(2 exchangers and tube heat

ESTIMATION

OF SHELL heat the transfer number

DIAMETER area, of tubes selected and with tubes tabje size, pitch, tubes length the it is possible to shell

With

the

determine diameter. Take

1 or 2 hereafter

approximate

maximum

shell

diameter

about

60 inches.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUA

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

&vision

Cl

Page No :

TC
TEPK

S-dELL AND TUBE EXCIihN~

Date
FTc;uRE

: 2/8S

4.7

z ; 2 c 0 _ = Y : 0 I
C

3 L ,:

LMfD

correction

factor

_.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
AND TUBE

DESIGN
=mmNGERs

MANUAL

R&riotl

Page No :

SHELL

Date

: 2/8S

4.8

roTAL
EP/DP/EXP/SUR
SHELL NUMBER

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO

SHELL

AND TUBE EXCHANGERS

Dhte

: 2/85

4.9

PITCJI

I TUBE SIDE

I I ;

NUMBER I

PITCH OF

I TUBE SIDE

I I !

gH1
API

OF PASSE5

PASSES
I

8. IG I2 13 I/b IJ II4 17 l/4 19 l/4 21 114 23 114 23 27 29 31 33 3s 37 39 42 45 Cl >I >6 60

32 32 82 9) 137 IAS 236 276 323 107 IO SJI 633 7&O t23 921 I021 1202 1435 I62G I911 221 I 2387

26 32 76 90 124 I66 220 270 31: 39r 460 324 616 712 a12 901 IOlk II61 IYI I 1398 1190 2214 2356

20 40 61 12 II6 15: 204 246 30: 370 632 480 169 615 770 110 913 II47 1367 lJ>J 1148 2167 2JlO -

36 60 90 I09 164 211 274 320 3x3 b7I JM 630 765 1JJ 967 1074 1206 lb06 1639 1172 2212 2J68 2987 _

32 >6 12 IO4 JJO 200 2% 306 375 r>t s3u 603 726 130 937 I047 1173 J3lJ I61 I It4J 2113 254) 294J

21 67 76 90 137 113 211 279 3JO bl9 *a7 JS6 677 772 812 1014 1129 1310 I%3 1766 2092 2446 2127 . MAXIMUM TUBES NUMBER PER SHELL TABLE 1

inc
*-

:a:

T
SHELL Bi in incMs
i t I

TUBES PITCH NUMBER I bF 0 PASSES I II4 TUBE SIDE I, I6 30 bJ 33 12 101 139 I66 197 2b6 287 339 390 432 313 337 637 729 175 IOIG !I96 lb00 ICI5 : I6 26 bl II 76 102 I37 IJI I97 222 267 320 36) bJl 40 5s5 611 109 8>3 975 I It.7
-i-

1 PJTCJI NUMBEF. I 20 37 57 67 96 129 170 199 246 294 349 396 472 J31 610 674 766 900 1018 I Ita
lUO> A 1 J/4

f 4

OF PASSES 2 I6 30 51 61 92 127 160 II9 232 281 s35 376 4>6 J20 192 664 735

TUBE

SIDE

7 -I

c
I6 26 47 57 16 I17 JJO I79 215 257 302 539 431 467 J61 631 698

& IO 12 11 Ilk IJ 111 17 l/4 19 II4 21 l/b 23 I/C 25 27 29 31 13 35 J7 39 c2 45 *a >2 56 60

20 30 b? 61 a; 113 lb1 170 207 248 2X7 349 190 CJa 326 J77 643 746 a94 1029 I216 1420 1639

TABLE

WAXIMUY

lW8U

NUUBER

PER

SHELL

IO13 II61 1375 160) IX>1

912 109x 1321 I>49 1797

1638 IIP9

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR ,- WELL AND TUBE OVERALL

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

SELL

AND TUBE EXCHANGERS Date : 2/8S .

waler/gas I - 3s brr 3s - 70 bars 70 - 100 over 100 gwlrnt bars bars 170 230 390 - 230 - 39c - xc vartr/gas vattrlgas x am/gas Vattrlnrtural VatcrIMEA

4,IO

HEAT

TRANSFER

JO0 - 700 340 - 440 630 - 730

(including fouling & Hearlnl/cwlrng

factors)

ra1tr/air vattrlvactr culgrc cd/gas CdC3 P4tcrlli(hl vrttr/amagc (< 35 bard UQUI chiIlcr Ii-C. rUCOuty H.C ILLC 0.5 rucosrty cpo < 0.5 CpO < 1 cpo 70 bars)

70 - 120 mcl 240 270 290 290 250 - 1 occ - 340 - 360 - 440 - 73t - 610

< viscosity > I cpo

kcal/hzmzoC

x 0.2047 x 1.162

= BTU&ft20F = W/InLOK

vartr/he~*y Oil/oil Dowthtrmlgu

50 - 500 300 - 450

20-200 30-300 s40 - 1 100

2:,-2x, 5cc~mfligh: ~tamlamrgc H.C. VPcosrly H.C. KC. 0-s rrrcosity c&lo < 0.3 CPo < 1 CPO soo230 loo0 - )oc

< riscorcty > I Cpo

Sttun/htary

30 - 300

sltamlvattr
Laghc H.CJwatcr orcrbtadvattr Fracuonata S~c4m/oil

700 420 340 340 320 I90

- 1 700 - Lb0 - 390 - J40 - 630 - 370

CUOllN/WJlCf Htrry
H.C.lrarer

c.

Vawrlzatmn

(reboilerr)

Hydrocarbon Hydrocarbens Vrth hot oil

Irghthtam C4-Cllrwam

440 360 440

- 900 - 720 - >90

Set

frgurts

3 and

4 hercrlttr.

7.

REFERENCLS

AND

USEFUL

LlTERATURE

4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. 4 3. 4.6. 4.7. 4.8. 4.9.

TEMA KERN LUDIIIC CAMPBELL NCPSA PERRY HTRI HTFS OUICK January

(smaaras

of tub&r

cxchangtr

marw.facrwerr

assouatron)

VOLUME VOLUME Chapter g

3 second 1

cdrtron

Program Program CALCULATION 1910 OF HEAT EXCHANGER vElCHT Process Engl-rmg

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
SHELL AND TUBE

DESIGN
EXCF??GERS

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

Date FIGURE 3

: 2/85

4.11

TYPE AES WEIGHT ESTIMATE

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
SELLI

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

AND TUBE EXCHRNERS Date : 2/85

4.12

FIGURE

TYPE
WEIGHT

BEU
ESTIMATE
&se : 3l4 BWG

14 PITCH

: I-0

TUBES

LENGTH

16

?-

Q f 2 c) .. 3 f c -

I I I I I

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision :
Date

Page No : 4.13
-

AIR COOLERS

: Z/85

For both the feasibility and preproject study it would generally be required to state tb required duty of the air cooler, the overall dimensions and weight and an estimate E required fan power. A calculation 2. DESCRIPTIQN procedure sufficient for a preliminary
NOTES

estimate

is given in section 3.0.

AND GUIDELINE

Water or Air Coolinq ? . Air cooling offshore is sometimes prohibited This may require installation of the air equipment. Use dosed loop water cooling. Air cooling is cheaper, simple and flexible nuisance of water treating . is eliminated due to the modular layout of the platf I cooler too remote from the associate

vjhen compared

to water cooling. The cost ant

if air coolers are used.

In warm climates air cooling will not be as effective as water which will produce i cooler product stream. Air cooling is approx 50-70 % as effective as water.

Forced on induced draft ? Forced draft pushes the air at low&t power requirement. Accessability costs lower. Possibility efficiency. to motor and driver available temperature (highest P
) hence lowei

are better

on

forced.

Structural

and

main-rain.

with forced draft of hot air recirculating

into suction of fan thereby reducing

Induced draft gives better 2ur distribution recirculating of hot air.

due to lower inlet velocity

with less chance o:

Induced draft Foolers can be easily installed above piperacks or other equipment Protection is given by induced draft coolers from effects of rain, wind snow on finnec tubes. Important if fluid in tubes is sensitive to sudden temp change also freezing oj tubes can occur in cold climates or heavy snowfall.

I i
1

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Finned . tube 1 OD tubing Extended . Standard costly . Bundle smaller . than depth units.

PROCESS SHELL

ENGINEERING
AND TUBE

DESIGN MANUAL
EXCHANGERS

Revision

Page No :
4.14

Date elements (see Table common 2) with 0.5 to 0.625 fins. Fin . Longer spacing

,;u85

is most area

7 to 11 pir

inch.

surface tube

is 7 to 20 times from

bare area. (2 m to 15 m).

lengths ones. vary

6 ft to 50 ft

tube

designs

are less

short may

from

3 rows estimate.

to 30 rows

of tubes.

4 or 6 rows

is common

for

Use 4 as first most commonly

Fin material temperatures.

AL. Adequate

upto

400 C operating.

Use steel

for higher

Fans and motors . Fans are axial-flow efficiency . Fan D equal to 6 blades. . Distance area must . Fans may limited . . 95 %. large -less than bundle 14-16. O-4-0.5 hydraulic or gasoline driven. Individual driver site usually of fan diameter. Ratio of fan ring area to bundle width. Normally 2 fans preferred. Fans have 4 volume low DP devices. Use total fan efficiency 65 %. Driver

to or slightly

Max fan diameter fan + bundle 0.4.

between

not be less than be electric,

steam,

to 50 hp, (40 kw), 380 V. of air across a bundle in air flow rate results is 300-700 in -35 ft/min % change (l-5-3.6 ms-l). used.

Face velocity A 10 % change

in power

Temperature . For dose variable . . . Variable Louvers For

control control speed pitch of process motors outlet temperature auto-variable pitch fans, top louvers or

are required. efficient adjusted freeze than louvers. for winter or gel ai or mght temperatures air temp time operation. above entering min the winter ambient a

fans more

can be manually fluids system approach that

process

recirculation . Note General

is necessary to ambienr Keep

to maintain air is 20-25

the tube is lo-12

bundle. C. relative layout

temp are noisy.

C. Absolute

: Air coolers carefully.

fan speed

as low as possible

and consider

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO 4.1

AIR COOLERS aate : Z/85

GPER/ Duiy Fluid i Fluid c Fluid i:

4.0 REFERENCES 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. 4.5.

AND USEFUL LITERATURE PERRY LUDWIG GPSA CAMPBELL pp 11.23 > 11.25 pp 177 z 193 chapter 9

Air am overal %E @ased

-

Air cooled hear exchangers Air cooled heat exchangers Air cooled heat exchangers Aerial coolers Design of air coolers - A Procedure for estimation

STEP l.Oprll rows ?r)- -L , f 4.Y =c 5./\tal 6. EXIT 7. Aver D rm 8. Bare 9. Bare 10. Tu 11. Tu , 30 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. To Nu Fa PO Es.
4.1

pp 207-209

R. BOWN Chem. Eng, Mar 27 1978, p N. SHAIKH Chem. Eng, Dee 12 1983, p .

4.6.

Estimate air cooler size HP 41CV program

Notes :

DuiY

OPERATING

CONDITIONS

AND

NATURE iQ= IT1 IT2=

OF FLUID

H-b-~

46

WQ

i 2% 10 kcaI/hr = j i too50 C

4
I

Fluid inlet temperature

Fluid outlet temperature b Fluid inlet pressure i

IP=
iU=

10

C i FLUID bar abs J C I INLET m2 C J

I

Tf = TI _ T2 = Ti=

So

C lc

1 Air ambiant temperature j! Overall heat transfer coeff. (see Table # and/or attached i work sheet) iI (Based on bare tube area)
, STEP
i

I tl = I I

30 I kcaI/hr 200

l-1 - tI = -$o

NOTES

l.Optimum

number air/& m

of tube

IN= IR= I

I 1

% 0.8 C

I I I I

(curve (curve (curve

N 4,) N 4) N 5)

I ,

rows
? 3 =Ot

f-T2/Tl-tl 4.Y =&

5.arair

1 0*314 I o-35 -

airjT1

- tl
- tl) t2

lY=

= Y x (Tl

I ;

6. Exit air temp

7. Average

=Atair + tl
temp.

IAtair i 26.5 I t2 = 1 54.5

I I 1 tm = 1 30.6 I IA= I I

C I
C I I C I

differential

(1 .

Arm

,At;ir
A b&

i 8. Bare tube surface

/, 9. Bare I . 10. 11. ILo. : 14. 15. I 16. tube area/row

1 326
I I 41

m2 : m2 j
F,; 1 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.5 or 9 m are common I

Fa=AjN

IFa= IL=

Tube

length TR = Fa/Lx0.08 width W=TRx0.0635

I 7.5

Tubes/row 3ooler Total Number

lTR=l
I w

68
1 4.3

(1 OD tubing)

fan power of fans

=Fax0.795

I Fp I )2*4 I NF I 2 I FD I 3-S
t ] I PF M 1 16.2 1 I? 500 I

m I kW I
I M I

max. fan diam = 4.6 m

Fan diameter Power/fan Fp/NF

kW I kg 1 I (including motors)

17. Estimated weight 4.88 (36.4X9.35 N)xWxL 1

Notes 1

Curve Process

numbers Design

refer to Manual Chap.

4.

MnlT

PROCESS AIR COOLER

fExP/ ram DATE JOB

CALCULATION

SHEET

TOTAL mmll
1 -IDop/Mp/ 3Y CHK

ITEM:
NO : N* :

E YAMGREV 1

TITLE

JOB

1. LIQUID LIQUID

COOLING VISCOSITY AT Tl + T2 = : U = CP kcal/hr m2 C

GLOBAL HEAT TRANSFER (Read curve no 1)

COEFFICIENT

2.

GAS COOLING MOLECULAR MASS : MW = COEFFICIENT : U = kcaI/hr m2 C

GLOBAL HEAT TRANSFER (Read curve no 2) 3. TOTAL Tl-T2 CONDENSATION = C

GLOBAL HEAT TRANSFER (Rest curve no 3) 4. PARTIAL 4.1. CONDENSATION WITHOUT inlet outlet outlet Tl -T2 LIQUID

COEFFICIENT

: U =

kcal/hr

m2 C

AT INLET WGl WC2 WL2 = = = = WEIGHT AT Tl ,UC Ug = + T2 =

gas flowrate gas flowrate liq flowrate

kghr kg/h
kg/hr C

GAS MOLECULAR

HEAT (Read HEAT (Read GLOBAL

TRANSFER curve no 3) TRANSFER curve nO.2) HEAT

COEFF. COEFF.

kcal/hr

m2 C

kcal/hr

m2 C

TRANSFER

COEFF.
=

u=

WL2 x Uc = WG2 x ug WC1 WC1 GLOBAL COEFF. Chptr. 4. HEAT : U

kcal/hr

m2 C

SELECTED TRANSFER Curves refer to PDM

kcal/hr

m2 C

TOTAL
P/mIMP/ \ I EXP/ SJA
CHI( OATE

m-0

PROCESS

CAiCULATlON

SHEET

AIR COOLERS I-EAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT

JO8 TITLE

ITEM :
NO JO8

:
N* : REV

4.2.

WITH inlet outlet LIQUID LIQUID

LIQUID liquid liquid

AT INLET flow flow rate rate WLl WL2 WEIGHT HEAT AT Tl AT Tl = = +2T2 = kcaI/kg C kghr kg/hr .

MOLECULAR SPECIFIC

+2T2 CPI =

QL=(,)xCPlx(Tl-12) inlet outlet gas flow rate. gas flow rate WC1 WC2 WEIGHT HEAT AT Tl AT Tl ;T2 + T2 CPg

= = = = =

kcal/hr

kghr
kg/hr

GAS MOLECULAR
I

GAS SPECIFIC .

kcaJ/kg kcal/hr

QG

= (WC1 + WC2) xCPgx(Tl-TZ) 2 HEAT

- =

CONDENSATION Qc=Q-QL-QC LIQUID VISCOSITY

= AT Tl +2T2 =

kcal/hr cpg kcal/hr m2 C

LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER (Read curve no 2) GAS HEAT TRANSFER (Read curve no 2) CONDENSATION HEAT COEFF. (Read curve no 3) GLOBAL u= * ut + u3 + (4 HEAT TRANSFER

COEFF.

COEFF.

ug =

kcal/hr

m2 C

TRANSFER UC = COEFF. u = kcal/hr m2 C kcal/hr m2 C

SELECTEDGLOBALHEAT TRANSFER COEFF.

kcal/hr

m2 C

I
/

TOTAL

BREl
WT
DATE JOB TITLE

PROCESS

CALCULATION

SHEET

EPmcPfDlP/ EXP/ SUCI 1 CHK I

AIR COOLERS TRANSFER COEFFICIENT

:

ITEM :
NO Jot3

:
N : REV

PROCESS

ENGINEERING AIR

DESJGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

DP/EXP/SUR
cF.vE 1
-COOLING HYOROCAA8ON

COOLERS

Date

: 2/85

4,2Q

LIOUIOS

HIGH AI?
LOW FOULING FACTOR

03

01

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.70.8

8910

u CURVE 2 COOLING

Ln -cca1/hr.m2

-c

CASES

I I
PRESSURE

I I t
L 40 BAR 1 50

I i
ASS. ,I60 70

78910

20

30

-~

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
AIR COOL==

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page

NO

Date

: 2(85

4.21

800 700 600 500

200

IS0 /
PRESSURE I 1 I BAR I ABS I I 70

10
x

20

JO

40

50

BTLJ/hzft20F

4.885

= kcal/hm2
TABLE
T+c*l owrdl
k
-

c.
1
BTu/hrft2F-

we=2
Fintube
F.m h..,)lt CI Fins/inch

data
y,

for
in. h *

l-in.

00

tubes
$6 in. LT 10 S.SB

kwu-drr
.I. rrbm

e~F4urm
I-C. k--t.

APF, AU. Tube APSF

rq

ft/ft I

3.00 IA.5

sq +t/if Pitch (3 rows) (4

(5

21.4
In J

2 inA
68.4

2%

2%

In

A 1

2%
80

10
4

60.6
00 101.0 0

09
118.8

rows)
rows1 rows)

91.2
114.0

107.2
134.0 160.8

148.5 178.2

(6

136.8

121.2

,.-.-c-ebw--cJ-t~,-O.wll................. amcrr we (~,-awa.. sGY)--r ,,,.OWl,............... 30-m -se (.,9o.wzl...............

u, II+? .,-a -1 h%J

. I I

Ub 1-t O-L, 1-. 93-4

u.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR -

PROCESS
/

ENGINEERING
AIR

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision :

Page No :

COOLERS Date : 2/05

4.22

CURVE

0.4 02 a.2 0.1 500 600 OVERALL HEAT

I
700 TRANSFER

I
800 (ban tutu)

Y=

CilJIr 11 .I1

0.7

0.C

0.5

0.4

.A

0.3

1 0.2

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUA
1. APPLICABILITY

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
TYPE

DESfGN
EXCHANGERS

MANUAL

- .
j I;;rnz2,,,

:
, pag;z

PLATE

FEASIBILITY tinder vendor normal

STUDY

: PRE-PROJECT the design of plate type

circumstances,

exchangers

would

be aetailed

by a

based on process of plate

data supplied could ;

by the engineer. be used :

Two types
.

exchangers

Plate Plate

fin excfiangers exchangers. of this

. For given.

the purpose

design

guide,

only

a quick

description

and some

characteristics

are

For plate For plate

fin exchangers, exchangers, information of the

the size could the size could

be done

only by a vendor. if some vendor (ALFA-LAVAL, APV,

be estimated

VICARB)

are available. heat formula C;uids, transfer area could be done heat if the heat transfer with coefficient correction factors is

An estimation known factor

using the same

as for shell coefficient pressure

and tube is difficult drop, plate

exchanger ect...

a LhZTD

= 1. The heat transfer

to estimate spacing,

; it depends

on many

as flow rate of different

2.

DESCRIPTION 2-l PLATE These liquid Flow several FIN

AND

NOTE5

EXCHANGERS consist with of stacked corrugated parts sheets together. counter time. a drum is required ycq+alrc fluids. to separate FL the two current, or crossflow and (fins) of fluids. separated This by flat plates and in a

exchangers frame

an outer

openings

for the inlet

and outlet

core is immersed

salt bath to braze in adjacent fluids fluid

all the separate passages can heat

be cocurrent, at the same

can be exchanging inlet fluid

In case of the phases in order

is a two

phases

flow

to have a good distribution. \;a -only

aPi d-w---with clean

b c4-.hw

OTAL
-/DP/EXP/SUf? Figure surface IMaximum Temperature Size max. Temperature Applicability Pressure 2.2 PLATE

PROCESS.

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

:
,usi

Page No : 4.24 amount of

PLATETYPEEXCHANGERS
Date

1 shows the principle can be accomodated design pressure : : : approach : : drop as for shell EXCHANGERS

of construction in a small volume

of a platefin (1,000 recent

exchanger.

A large

mZ/m3). models claim 80 barg)

54 barg (some

range

- 195 C to + 65 C 1,220 2 C LNG, LPG recovery, ... mm x 6 096 mm x 1 340 mm

and tube

heat exchangers.

Plate exchangers
clearance every between alternate

are an assembly each plate. The

of metal two 2. fluids

plates

separated

by gaskets directions

to give
each

a small through

pass in opposite

plate. is easily

Refer

to figure

The exchanger coefficient The plates

dismantled and small from for

for deaning temperature

if required. differences

A good

overall

heat

transfer

is obtained can be made and are used a small floor

can be used. which compact are resistant exchangers to and

exotic

materials coolers.

such as titanium They are very

corrosion occupy Maximum Maximum (Need Overall

sea water

area. : : 10 - 20 bars 250 C

pressure temperhture special heat gaskets) transfer

coefficient : 2 000 - 5 000 Kcal/hr about 1 500 m2 2 500 m3/hr water, pressure water-TEG, drops vary TEG-TEC, according .-. to the tocal system m2 C

Water/water Maximum Maximum Applicability . Pressure

pressure

surface flow : Sea water drops

: :

- service

: allowable

and the service sea water

of the fluids. water : 0.5 to 2 bar (high

for

transfer for

- service . coefficient),

A P increase
low such

the overall

heat

water-TEC

or TEG-TEC

the dP could

be very

as 10 to 20 mbar.

REFERENCEAND
Vendors

USEFULLITERATURE

information.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEERlNG pmr~

DESIGN
EXCHANGERS

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :
4.25

Date

: 2/85

PLATE

FIN ESCSA!!GZfTS

FIGURE 1

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING PIATE

DESIGN ExctIANGuzs

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date

: 2/85

4,26

DETAILS OF PLATE TYPE EXCHANGER

2940
3515 4055 AJ65 6660

9 7)
19 6i 13 lj I. 22 6i 6

2525 3100 IWO 4070 6AAS .

s 10 11 13 21

Ii 2 -1,; .i

IWO5 3605 3605 x05

II 11 -11 11 13

10 !O .10 IO 0

loo-165 160-265 260-340 33sao roe-700 .-

: 3 1 5

3960

. r

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEEA!NG

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revisidn

Page NO :

FURNACES
Date

: 2/85

4.27

1. APPLICABILITY
It is not

expected

that

a hand

calculation
based

of furnaces
on process data

be performed

by the engineer.

it is

normally Furnaces duty 2.

done by a manufacturer are used to transfer high process

supplied fluid

by the engineer.
and generally

heat

directly

to the

process

have a large

and produce

temperatures-

DESCRIPTION 2.1. A furnace

.

consists

of the following chamber are lined with within fluid externals refractory. gas.

: refractory the and burners chamber and where heat is

A combustion Tubes which

located

combustion

transferred . Tubes which . . . 2.2.

Stack

to the process are located with

by radiation

which

to the combusion

chamber

in a convection

zone

is also lined for disposal system

of flare

Air supply Instruments

by fan or induced

draft.

and controls.

TYPES 22.1.

OF FURNACE Cabin furnace is a rectangular The burners above furnace

and contains

.
.

This

tubes

which or floor,

can be horizontal and the convection

or

vertical.

are situated the furnace. to a stack

in the walls

zone is located Flue draft . Burners provide impingement in the floor . The leaving . . A small There either creating

gases discharge fan. are normally a radiation

on the

either

directly

or are driven

by an induced

arranged zone tubes. of

in rows on two walls constant in Figure of

tubes

and are spaced and avoid

so as to flame located

temperature arrangement 1.
across

An alternative as shown
rows

is bxners

of the furnace
bank

connection

contains

which

the

flue

gas

the furnace negative

is obliged pressure

to pass. to prevent gas system to a short hot gas leakage. and this has to be made
stack

is maintained flue

is a pressure

loss ilr the

up

by use of a fan discharging draft in a tall stack.

or by natural

bou).mcy

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No : 4.28

FURfJACES 7P/DP/EXP/SUR 2.2-Z. Cylindrical

.

Date furnace furnaces a radiation burners (see Figure are vertical zone. in the bottom The convection rows of horizontal is vertically above and the radiation bank tubes. the convection is located 1) and contain radiation

SW35

These solely

and convection

zones

or

The

are located

zone tubes above

can be

vertical

or helicoIdal.

the radiation

zone and contains

.

Generally

the stack

bank

with

no fan.

2.3.

BURNERS
.

Two

types

of burner draft

are used

in furnaces,

induced

air

or natural

draft

burners

and forced 2.3.1. Induced These required burned that 2.3.2.

burners.

air burners can burn gas or fuel oil of steam oil simultaneously or independently. liquids. (Excess Excess If fuel air indicates air oil is

is 15 % to 20 % for 0.3 kg/kg the stiochiometric burners for pressure burners

gas and 30 % to 40 % for is required ratio) for atomising.

above

Pressure The control air

is supplied with

by fan. less excess

It

is therefore air 5 to 15 %.

capable

of

and the burner

can operated

EXCESS
.

AIR the air system this determine excess air recommended See 2.3. kg of flue gas per kg of fuel fired remembering that air by the burner manufacturer and the type of

Determine burner

proposed. the

From contains

21 95 Vol of oxygen.

STACK This .

GAS TEMPERATURE by 2 factors fluid inlet : will determine the temperature of the gas leaving

is controlled The process

temperature

the convection . Condensation raised result to avoid

bank. is to be avoider. the possibility exit if sulphur is present in the fuel the stack temperature This is would

of production of about

of corrosive 120 C.

sulphurous

acid.

in a minimum

temperature

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 5. EFFICIENCY 1 =

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL I

Revision

0 : 2/85

FURNACES Date
4.29

100 - 100 losses x Hf Hf Hc -

If

Hc = Hf =

flue being

gas enthalpy by atomisation radiation which

at exit (net calorific steam if required. e.g. unburned fuel (2 % is a good is of the order figure). value + sensible heat in fuel and
air) + heat

enthalpy

of combustion

. .

Losses include For a furnace A furnace

and unaccounted,

is all radiant

duty the efficiency

of 50 to 55 96.

with a convection LOSSES

bank will be from

75 to 85 % efficient.

6. PRESSURE Pressure . . Burner

is lost in : air regulation bank by natural : : 3 - 15 mm-water 5 - 15 mm water buoyancy draft burners of hot stack gas. loss is required across the burner and . . Ducting Stack : : variable variable

Convection

Pressure

IS galned

For a system the furnace 7. FLUE GASES

using natural
operates

a low pressure

under negative

pressure.

VELOCXTY leave the stack at 10 - 20 m/s velocity

to ensure

The flue gases should 8. CHOICE

.

safe dispersal.

OF TYPE a capacity

OF FURNACE of 60 x lo6 Kcal/hr diameter requires will also is about the cylindral furnace gives construction problems

Above

as the maximum
.

10 - 11 m. floor area than a cylindrical furnace the length can

A cabin

furnace

much more If the be tubes

be as much replacement requirement . With a cabin

as 27 m.

are horizontal then a withdrawal space for tube However for offshore applications the space required. the cabin furnace. a uniform heat release across the radiation

tends not to favour furnace

It is possible 15 m.

to obtain .

zone. The height . With a cylindrical

can be about furnace

it is not possible tin be about

to obtain 25 m.

a uniform

heat above release

across

the radiation

zone. The height

OTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

.PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

FURNACES
Oate : Z/85

9.

ESTIMATION The following

OF SIZE OF CYLINDRICAL is for a very preliminary

FURNACE sizing

D= D in m

Qa =

absorbed D+l
2.5 D

heat m m util

in 106 Kcalfhr radiation bank

0
H

=
q

COrrCCTlO* IOUC

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUf?

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: : m5

Page No :

Date

. 1 I

.5,

PUMPS

--_

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

PUMPS
Date. 2/85 5.1 I

I .O APPLICABILITY For both the feasibility selection study and fill and a pre-project study with the engineer will be required to

: Ii

evaluate In order the type

a pump to provide

in a data sheet

the basic information. estimate it is important to understand power

.I

the basis of a good cost and layout of pumps for the service

and number

in consideration,

and the associated

requirements.

2.0OFtCRIPTlONANDGUfDELINENOTES
TYPES
.

OF PUMPS
I

Generally

there

are three

classes of pumps Rotary

: Reciprocating 1. Piston 2. Plunger 3. Diaphram

Centrifugal 1. Centrifugal 2. Propeller

I.

Cam

2. Screw

3. Mixed
4. 5. Turbine . A pump

flow

3. Gear
4. Vane 5. Lobe chart is shown in Figure 1.

Peripheral

selection USAGE
pumps

GENERAL Centrifueal . . . . kledium Higher General Simple,

(Process

Pumps) for low to medium can be met floor hydrocarbons, head requirements. multistage products, impellers. water, boiler feed.

I I

to high capacity head requirements service low cost,

by using

for all liquids,

even flow, small

space, quiet,

easy maintainance.

I
I

I
I

OTAL
1 TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Rotary
. Dumps

PROCESS

ENGINEERING PUMPS

DESIGN

MANUAL I

Revision

Page No :

Many liquids

proprietery

designs

available clean fluids

for specific only - upto with phase.

services. small suspended solids if any. Can pump

. . . .

Essentially Can handle Typical molasses, Generally

can handle

with dissolved fluids pumped

gases or vapour : mineral,

wide range of viscosities alcohol, specialist pumps mayonaise,

500 000 SSU at high pressures. animal oils, grease, ketchup glucose, ! viscose, paints, and tomato

vegetable, soap, vinegar

pumps for specific

requirements.

Reciprocating . . . Pumps pistons Overall Piston fluids. . . Plunger gritty Diaphram intermittent

produce efficiency pumps

virtually

any discharge

head upto pumps. acting. than duty

limit

of driver

power

and strength

of

and casings. is higher than centrifugal or double Flexibility Used for design is limited. low but service pressure cannot usage. light handle Suitable diaphram. driven duty gritty for No at or : can be single services. pumps
or foreign

Less expensive pressure, parts for toxic fluids. used for TEC LITERATURE heavy

plunger

: high material. : driven Ideal

or continuous fluid material.

Expensive. are sealed from by plastic or rubber or hazardous Can be pneumatically

pump

seals no leakage. . I Triplex pumps

slow speeds for delecate : commonly USEFUL VOL I CHEM.

circulation.

REFERENCES 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4.

AND

LUDWIG PERRY CAMPBELL Centrifugal

CHAPTER ENC. HANDBOOK

3 6

CHAPTER 14.

VOL II pumps and system Chem.

CHAPTER Hydraulics Engrng

Ugor 4.5. New Program

I. Karassik

Ocr 4 1982 unit

Speeds up Selection

of a Pumping

.M. Seaman 4.6. Rapid calculation W. Blackwell

Oil and Gas 3. Nov. of Centrifugal-pump Chem. Eng. Janv.

12 1979

hydraulics 28 1980

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

PUMPS

Date z/S3

5.3

! i TEPfC

1. FLUID
.

CHARACTERISTICS quote at pumping temperature ie : normal suction T. 6. -F

Always

2. SUCTION
.

PRESSURE at pump suction flange

Evaluate

Ps = Pop + Static Pop = minimum Static

head - line loss vessel operating pressure take bara. static head above pump etc : for estimate centreline. 7. F I\ use gravity/lo.197

head : evaluate h2 (approx.

at LLL always

0.6 m). head (bar) = m x specific

Line loss : evaluate

APline for bends, fittings,

m. HEAD NPSHA
by the ,engineer. more

0.1 bar/100 3. NET POSITIVE . NPSH, always . Vapour pumped bubble INPSHA 4. DISCHARGE . . Dellvery Static SUCTION

available

is evaluated

NPSHR

required states. vapour this

is stated

by the vendor

try to provide correction from point

0.6 - 1 m NPSH is calculated pressure

than vendor the Convert

by substracting suction = Pop correction pressure.

pressure

of the fluid

beil,G at

the calculated the vapour

to m head.

For a fluid

head (m) = bar x lO.l97/SG. = static head - line loss + vapour

PRESSURE pressure - use maximum of delivery Pop of destination point above pump vessel or if a submerged discharge into a
9.

head h3 - height

vessel the height .

of the HLL. on line length,

fittings

A P discharge
a P exchangers,

line - calculate bar.

based

etc or use minimum

of 0.5
10.

heaters,

A P from equipment etc - use allowable 0.7 - 1.0 bar if not available.

data

sheets.

Estimate

PUMPS 1 I! 1 . . ., . A P orifices - for flow meters valves use 0.2 - 0.4 bar. valve of 0.7 bar, or 20 % df dynamic friction losses
TEP/DPI EXP/SUR Date

P/85

5.4

P control

- use maximum

or 10 % of pumpAP.
TOTAL DISCHARGE

PRESSURE

- sum of aIl abovea

P values.

5. DIFFERENTIAL . Discharge

HEAD pressure - suction pressure convert to m head

6. FLOWRATE . . . Normal Design Design Use flowrate flowrate margin 10 % for feed pumps or transfer 20 % for reflux 7. POWER Note REQUIREMENTS the term calculations. horsepower - theoretical
-

is maximum is normal

long term flowrate

operating margin.

flow

+ design

pumps feed water pumps

pumps and boiler horsepower

: although metric

is still

used power

requirements

are given

in kW for

. .
.

Hydraulic

fluid HP/

HP = flow p pump driver Kw at rated

x head/36 efficiency at normal

KW
KW

Brake-horsepower Operating

(BHP)

hydraulic input

load - electrical BHP/

to electric efficiency to motor

pump

operating

load

nm motor power

. . 8.

Connected Note

load - electrical

motor

size Kw

pump speeds are either DISCHARGE

1 450 rpm or 2 900 rpm (shut off pressure) pressure pump AP (calculate at HLL and p maxi)

MAXIMUM .

PRESSURE = max suction

Shut off pressure

+ 120 % x normal 9. PUMP

.

MINIMUM

FLOW

For an estimate WEIGHTS

use 30 % of normal

flow.

10.

PUMP .

For an estimation centrifugal pump

purpose package.

only

Figure

4 can be used to determine

the weights

of a

Indicate

pressure,

elevations

and system

sketch $.i;& s ?.q-

FLUID

PUMPED

: Liquid

c9dM 36 l-04
s22 o-822

PUMP TYPE : c~rqaiCu<*c 2z?oo rp Speed : C bara kg/m3 Viscosity at P, T Specific gravity 15 4 Normal flow Q Design margin Design flow (1) 1 I DISCHARGE : : : f 3.2 0 .eoe 151 2-s 189

Pumping temperature T : Vapor pressure at T : Density at P, T Specific gravity at P, T i

cf m3/h % m3/h I i*ol I a29.y o*+ 0.30 I I i .I , I

SUCTION

PRESSURE bar al m 1 bar 1 bar! t HEAD

PRESSURE bara bar bar bar bar bar bar bar PRESS PRESSURE bara bara bar m 8 I. bara

, Min. Origin Pressure= Static head Q LLL = (m x sg x O-0981) - A P suction ,line ,- , PUMP NET SUCTION POSITIVE PRESSURE SUCTION

[ -03 I z[ Delivery pressure 345-G._ I Static head <-&I o-251 I AP control valve(s) 0.10 I AP exchanger(s) I AP orifice(s) I \* I 2 F line loss C&~-C> I Other

I i I I 1 I I

I
I I I I

0.4 0.5

f
1

I
I

m Static heado LLL .z :L :,. <.r/ m - Line loss + vapour pressure correction m TOTAL MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SUCTION NPSH PRESSURE : \( z$$s m

1 I I St!5 I l,a4

I.
I , TOT I DISCHARGE

1 4.6 t I ; .l*(e I 4.6 1 3.42

t I t i

I
I

i-91

I DIFFERENTIAL

i ,
I I

I I Suction Pressure I Discharge pressure I I PumpAP *I.

(2);

I
Vessel PSV setting Static head at HLL baral bar I 3.5 O- S

net bara MAXIMUM

Max.

I 14.0 L
I

I I POWER REQUIREMENTS 1 I Brake Horse-Power = I x 2

I43 I I t I 322
I I
i 375

t I
I 3 I f
4 i

kW

DISCHARGE

PRESSURE

suction pressure Normal pump AP x I20 %

.

bara; 4.0 bar I I

I

net bara
N&S:

:, S;uA cr

lo 000 as*93

I (Fig 2 for 377 I 1 5l.q; Estimated motor size kW I I Design operating load 4/fm kW I (Fig 3 for ?rn) I I I Estimated weight kg I
PROCESS CALdJLATlON SHEET

I
1 400

I
5 I

I I I IStoo I PrtiP 4/O i

f I 51 I

I PUUP

ITEM : PSOWCl 0: 42030

IT

TOTAL
TEP.DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL
Date : 2/8S

Pegs No :

FIG.

SEWERAL

4m

OF

APPLICATIOW

FOR

OIFFFREHT

PUUP

TVPEL

FLOW

(Mtn~

FIG. 2

ESTIMATION

OF CENTRIFUGAL

PUMPS

EFFICIENCY s

60 70
60

so
40

30
20

CAPACITY rn3/ h

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING P!JtlpS

DESIGN

MANUAL

FIGURE ELECTRIC MOTORS. REC&4MENkl!3fE

3 & EFFICIENCY (1)

AI DAgn
Condiuoru -BHP 0 0.51 0.75 1.01
2.01 Il.01 6.01 1.01 12.1 16.1 20.1 26.2 3b.9 b3.6 52.3 65.1 17.1 113 137 IX3 221 27b 319 365 610 656

Probible Motor Rating HP

Motor Efficienq pi of Full Lord CW-rl EE lo a1

Power Fxtod21 % of FuU Lord CAOACIW

-100 82.5 71 LO 10 80 Xl.> X5 86-S 88 86 10 :a

Ib

0.3 0.75 1.00

2.00 b-00 6.00 1.00 12.0 16.0 20.0 26.1

67 7s 75 81 T-112 IO 15 20 2S 30 a0 SO 60 IS LOO 125 IS0 200 250 ma 1so

COO
8b

12 13 7: 79 13 10
/I

t6 16 90 91 91 90 90 90 91 91.5 90 19

7s 10 II :t

tJ 86::

w.1
b1.S j2.2 65.2 17.0 114 136 112 227 273 )I: 364 co9 bSS )us

13 86 11 90 90.3 91 It 91.3 93

19 19-J I% 91 92-S 93 93 93 93
9b

91 91.J 91 92.5 93.5 90 ii: 93 93-J

9b.J

91 92 92 92 a9 93 93 t: 91 90

bS0 SO0 600

Notes2

(1)

Applies 10 k

to loftily enclosed aed in detcrmirution

motors only (i.e.. cxplorron of KVAr if dcrtrd.

proof)

GRy

WEIGHT

ESTIMATE

FOR CENTRIFUGAL

PUMP

PACKAGE

HORSE

POWER

TOTAL
TEPIDP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date

: 2f85

7,

COMPRESSORS

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

Page No :
TE

COMPRESSORS
Date : 2/85

7.1

..

-1. APPLICABILITY For both feasibility selection, and pre-project discharge studies the
engineer

will

be

required

to

evaluare

compressor To evaluate the manual In order

temperature,

power and complete it is more

a data sheet. to use SSI instead of

the discharge method presented

temperature
here.

and power

accurate

to estimate

the basis of cost and layout in consideration, NOTES

it is important

to understand power requirements.

the

type

of

compressors 2- DESCRIPTIOil 2.1. TYPES

for the service AND

and the associated

GUIDELINE

OF COMPRESSORS types used in the oil and gas processing (volumetric) . . chart centrifugal axial 1.. (volumetric) selection USE compressors compressors and service the gas lift are widely used in the oil and gas industry ratios. For example for re-injection : of field gas to ! for small industries are :

The principal . . reciprocating rotary

A compressor 2.2. GENERAL 2.2.1.

is shown in Figure

Reciprocating Reciprocating to medium . . Instrument maintain

gas flows and high compression air compressors pressure capability.

Low capacity/high

gas compression

2.2.2.

Rotary The . . . .

compressors types of rotary compressors : (ROOTS type) higher are used where sometimes used . Screw compressors machines. with a relatively or for / is generally than reciprocating a high flow rate in low of small flow most frequently employed in the petroleum

industry

are as follows factor

Lobe compressors The reliability low-pressure Screw insirument

tVRoots type compressors is required. are compressors

gas service size.

6.

and service compressors

air for installations

to medium

2.2.3.

Centrifugal . These power

Centrifugal per unit

compressors weight

have compressors
used

become

very

popular Initial

offering

more I

and essentially

vibration-free. but efficiency

oil in the

costs normally is less and utility

industry.

are less than

rf:iprocating -.r. Frequently

costs may be hi;

ar.d gas process

w\y
c0:

.j

-.

I r
TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 2.2.4. Axial These 23. DISCHARGE . Discharge limit. . is usually . temperature . 2.4. Normally DESIGN If the flow separator possible 5. WEIGHT

I ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

Revision : 0

PROCESS

Page No :

COMPRESSORS Date : 2l85 L compressors machines pressure are particularly useful being where plants. p very high remain gas flow relative1 a 73

moderate i of

increase

is required.

Such applications LNG

rare in the industry, TEMPERATURE temperature

the exception LIMITATION is limited (or

! of

either upstream

for

reasons

of

gas stability, resistant

ga

condensation

or compressor

equipment)

mechanical

For reciprocating between

compressor

the maximum

gas outlet

temperature

to be allowec

160 to 190 C. used in gas and oil extraction C. temperatures within the above limits industries the discharge

For centrifugal

compressor is limited

to 170/180

intercoolers

are used to maintain

MARGINS is constant, a margin of no margin, but if. the flow separators. is coming,
to take

from into

a productiol
account the

10 % is recommended of these -production

in order

ldl

slugs at the inlet

AND SIZE and size we recommend oil console, could a very to ask the itself. cabinet control manufacturer and sometimes in estimating estimation. : as vendor catalogues
detaj

f0

For weight

only the size and weight also the seal and lube The use of vendors
urn

of the compressor

As the compressor

package the driver

also indudc and gear box weight. for the

dr,

catalogues

be misleading

the installed It is established

Figure weight .

4 could

be used for

preliminary package

of a centrifugal compressor control overhead room tank AND

compression

including

skid (aeroderivative (seal oil) USEFUL Volume Volume Chapter LITERATURE 3 2 5

gas turbine

+ compressor)

ely for

. . 6.

REFERENCES 6.1. 6.2. LUDWIG

Chapter Chapter 1979

12. 14

CAMPBELL GPSA SSI Program

xe JlY

6.3. 6.4.

ity

rOTAL
rEP/DP/EXP/SUR--------------------

PROCESS

ENGINEERING cokPYEsso3.s

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date ----------I

:2/a

7.3

II .-) -----------------------B-w-3 E

S hX -h
--.--e----w--------------------

X .E

A4% --

i=T

.-.-

__._._--------------------------.--------mm------------------

II .I :E

zu -!-

m----e---

-----------

-----------

---2 -u m

C C
_______----------------------.-

..
OPERATlNC CONDITIONS Pl = 6 P2 = Y;;; C K 2 PRESSURE

>

7.G

SUCTION PRESSURE DISCHARGE PRESSURE SUCTION TEMP.

RATIO

PZ/Pl

= 2.33

Tl=

46
=3lq

MW=

32.34. AT 7-73

SUCTION ACTUAL STEP 1.

FLOW VOL FLOW

W =~OOooO KG/H V = 12.400 M3/H

GAS DENSITY SUCTION =

KG/M3

NOTES PC TC EFFlCIENCY d = MCP/MCP-1.99 TEMP l-2 = = 44.11 241 BAR K

GAS PROPERTIES

2. 3.

POLYTROPIC AVERAGE

If = S=
= = r

O.%O 1-l s
366 q3 cc6 c
I

SEE FIG. ESTIMATE

2 T2 k-c)

4. DISCHARGE

K c. OK /

TZ
5. DETERMINE 2 AVG SUCT DISCH AVG

REPEAT STEP 3-4 IF T2 IS DIFFERENT FROM ONE USED IN STEP 3

Zl = 6*4&S = 0.4508 22 . Z = o-458

, 6. CALCULATE GAS HORSEPOWE GHP 3600

l

GHP=2*R+W4~*(T2-Tl)
MW l

\c=iQ

KW

R = 8.314

KJ/KGMOLE

(I-

1) F GHP<SOO K W 5.0 800010 MW 7.5 >lOMW 10

7.

CALC

SHAFT

HORSEPOWER + l/7

PS = GHP

* (1 - F/100)

PS

\6S5

KW

TM .96 -97
.98

8.

ESTIMATE

DRIVER

POWER PS + K (1.14 + K) PO PO = (403 = KW KW K = 1.15 K = 0.02 TO 0.04 WITH GEARBOX

ELECTRIC MOTOR GAS TURBINE PS

9.

ESTIMATED

PACKAGE

WEIGHT M = @do= KG (SEE FIG 4)

COMPRESSOR-DRIVER-LUBE NOTES :

PROCESS

CALCULATION

SHkET

CENTRIFUGAL OR AXIAL COMPRESSOR

ITEM :. EK*PLc MO :

OPERATING

CONDITIONS PI = 6 P2 = I+ Tl= PRESSURE RATIO =g = 2.33

7.5

SUCTION PRESSURE DISCHARGE PRESSURE SUCTION TEMP

46
= 719 = = L co oco It400

C K kg/hr
m3/h

rMW =

St.%-

SUCTION FLOW ACTUAL VOLUMETRIC FLOW

w v STEP

DENSITY AT SUCTION CONDITIONS = 7.33

kg/m3

NOTES K
bar i

1. GAS PROPERTIES

2. AVERAGE

d = MCp/MCp

- 1.99

3. CALCULATE =

DISCHARGE I-I Tlx 0 E-%-

TEMP T2 = 362 = 59 Repeat 2 - 3 if T2 differ 5 from that used in STEP 2

4. DETERIL!INE

OVERALL

EFFICIENCY See Fig 3

5. CALCULATE GHP =

GAS HORSEPOWER RxWx ,MW x3600x SHAFT x I I1 x (T2 - T1) GHP = 23e&
kW

R = 8.314 klkgmole

6. CALCULATE

HORSEPOWER

PS

kW

PS = GHP/f 7. CALCULATE Electrical 8. ESTIMATED

7g
POWER PO PO = 1.15 x PS

30%

f = 0.96 to r).97

DRIVER (Motor WEIGHT

=3qso

i+-=o

NOTES

PROCESS RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR

C,~.LCULATlON

SHEET ITEM :
NO :

Exlu?_

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL I

Revision

: 0

Page No :

-w-w---ROTART CWCnLsoRs

-------w-q ;

(VOLUYETRIC)

: i : I I I . CL*lIIIfUQALfIYs
I

1 I I _ I I I I la00 10 om lwQ0 ACTUAL

I / I I 1m

An0

l LOVLRS

SUCIION TYPES

f LOW

( u)w[

FIG.

CEWERAL

RANGES

OF

APPLICATION

FOR

DIFFERENT

CDYPRESSOR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
CWPRESSORS

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: ~/es

c
7.a

Page No :

0.79

r
--py -.= .:

DRY WEIGHT ESTIMATE CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOk

FOR PACKAGE

1 So

: _..;I.i . . . .1._ .- :I__.:-..;--,.. _ : f; :-z.y -t ::: :-z-7,:: . 7. ; -~*.++:B.~.. --.-.v _._.-.

.-::..

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

be 2f8S

No :

Date

8,

EXPANDERS

. ,

.TOTAL TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY

PROCESS

ENGINEERING EXPANDERS

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision Date

bf85

For-both

the feasibility with and

study and a pre-project the basic information estimation

study

the engineer

will

be required

to fill

in

a process data sheet

Outlet iiand

and to estimate can be calculated diagram

the expander accurately are OK.

horsepower. by computer. ;

conditions

horsepower

caks for pure component AND GUIDELINE

systems NOTES

using a COLLIER

2, DESCRIPTION .

The turbo-expander thermodynamics in a drop mechanical energy in pressure

is a mechanical and aerodynamics. and temperature is most often which

device It removes

which

is designed from

according a process removed stage

to the laws of gas which is converter results *-o

energy

Ij t

of the gas. The energy used to drive a single

compressor.

\,

Turbo-expanders . . . cryogenic dew point C3/C4

could be used for : pressure control let down . . C2 recovery ethylene processing, etc... I I / See Figure 1. I / /

recovery principal.

.
.

Thermodynamical Expanders The efficiency

expander

efficiency energy

is the I :

ratio

of the

actual

energy

removed

to

the

maximum

theoretical = 1 Expander -

on Figure

HB HA HBl HA

efficiency

depends

on : discharge speed purposes. See Figure 2. pressure

maSs flow rate inlet inlet pressure temperature a value content gas must of 80-85

gas composition

Generally . . . Liquid inlet

% can be used for estimation of the expander varies from

at the outlet

10 to 30 % (weight) is prohibited). is about 12 000 HP. This

be free of solid particles

and water turbo

(ice formation expanders

,Maximum
figure

horsepower

of the manufactured be considered

should

not however

as a limit.

.
.

Turbo

expanders

can be used in series. by the variation of the design flow rate See Figure 3 ior an

Efficiency

is affected

estimation.

I AC I I

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SlJR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING DE%N EXPANDERS

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

Date

2/85

8.2

3. REFERENCES CAMPBELL Engineers

AND VOLUME guide

USEFUL II

LITERATURE

to turbo

expanders

HYDROCARBON Page 97...

PROCESSING

APRIL

1970

Turbo natural

expander

applications

in

JOURNAL

OF PETROLEUM 611 etc... PROCESSING

TECHNOLOGY

gas processing gas

iMay 1976 Page HYDROCARBON February

What you need to know about expanders Turbo expanders offer

1970 page 105... GAS JOURNAL

processors

THE OIL AND

a way to conserve Use expander recovery VENDOR

energy for LPG

Jan. 23, 1978 page 63... HYDROCARBON Page 89... PROCESSING Dec. 1974

cycles

DOCUMENTATION MAFI-TRENCH..;

I.e. : ROTOFLOW,

.. t

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR PRESSURE

PROCESS

ENGINEERING EXPANDE-SS

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

(\

Page No :

Date

: 2/nS

8.3

FIGURE

PA

PB

f3l
PA inlet pressure PB outlet prasure TBl Outlet theoretical temperature TA TB HB,

B Inlet temperature Outlet Outlet temperature theoretical

ENTHALiY HA enthalpy Inlet enthafpy enthalpy

HB Outlet

FIGURE

3 AS A RATE

ESTIMATED PERFORMANCE FUNCTION OF DESIGN FLOW

FIGURE

85 i:: 82 81 80 79 78 PERCENT APROXIMATE PLANT FLOW RATE MMSCFD OF DESIGN FLOW RATE

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

Date

2J82
i

9,

FLARE

SYSTEMS

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY For the feasibility Required

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
FLARE

DESIGN
SYSTEM

MANUAL

Revision

Date

: 2,85

and preproject information

studies , a detailed study will include

design ;

of the

flare

system

is not I , I 8 I

needed. .
.

for either

Evaluation Determination Flare

of number Design

and levels

of flare

system flare design capacity)

of maximum of height (not always more

relieving

(and hence or boom length

. . .

KO drum

I of flare stack required, and type of tip required I I requirements consult the CFP I l3LOUDOUN SYSTEXS. depends specification on project). and design

Estimation PSV sizing For further

detailed

DESIGN 2. DEFINITIONS Relief

GUIDE

ON FLARES-VENTS-RELIEF 3 in DESIGN includes and liquid GUIDE)

AND

(see section system :

any pressure separator

relief

valve/rupture

disc downstream

piping

Blowdown

system

includes (normally common

any depressuring the piping which pressure

valve, relief

downstream and

piping

and separator systems utilize

depressuring

and separator) ensures of the combustion to of hydrocarbons the atmosphere without

Flare

system

a system the

Vent system

release

hydrocarbons

combustion Design pressure the pressure used to design 1.0.) a safety equal device is adjusted to open under the vessel and calculate the J

thickness Set pressure the

(see section at which

pressure

service Accumulation maximum through

conditions. allowable the safety

Usually

to the Design

Pressure during liquids. discharge For HC gas

increase device.

in vessel

pressure

Normal

accumulation

is 10 % but 20 %

is allowed

for external

fire due to hydrocarbon of 5 96 is recommended.

fires an accumulation 3. FLARE SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND GUIDELINES the number

This section a feasibility

. A sysrem

details

how to determine

and levels

of tne required

flare

system

for

or preproject
of irems
of

srudy and other

f

guidelines.
piping unit

iipment

and

can be protected
when

against

overpressure
capacity

most

economically

by consir

~g it a~ a single

calculating

the relieving

 TOTAL iI
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEERlNG
FLARE

DESIGN
SYSTEM

MANUAL

Revision :

Page NO :

Date

:2/8S

9-2

Block

valves

should

not

be present

in the

system

so as to . and not separate

isolate

a unit valve.

from

its

relieving point- Special cases may warrant a car-sealed such arrangements should be avoided if possible . Interconnecting system economical . ln specifying the design pressure of the individual items should piping not should be of adequate a size that size two

open or locked

However

subjecr

10 plugging.

q-he

be of such

systems

would

be

more

and safety

valve

setting

there

are two approaches Set the design to protect the items pressure of each link item independently. of items as it avoids having an Then specify safety valve

settings Study

the weakest as a single limit

in the group initially.

system

This is preferable conditions. conditions viz : during

unexpected . Consideration Light Heat

weak link should

the operating

be given to possible systems trains

abnormal

hydrocarbon exchange

can reach low temperatures resulting

depressurization normal downstream

may be bypassed

in higher

than

temperatures . Failure Production of cooling medium can cause excessive downstream temperatures especially piping offshore. systems from

separators required should

may have a varying to provide flare system

feed temperature, two or more eg : high

It is often the items Consideration Relief formation Segregated

or beneficial to the

separate and low

of equipment

temperature

headers.

be given to the following 0C must be kept This apart could from warm moist gases to prevent plug up the extent of low

gases

below

of ice within
systems may

the flarelines.

cause a system to minimize

be economically

desirable

temperature -

piping two separate flare without imposing

By segregatrng the flows from high and low pressure sources into systems greater use of the high pressure drops can be achieved severe backpressures on the low pressure of some systems may warrant It may their

The other

molecular streams.

composltion e g moist
resistant

streams

segregation the entire

from a system

CO2 or H2S is corrosive.

be cheaper

to fabricate

second smaller in corrosion

vent system to handle these rather material.

than fabricate

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Determination analysis. 1. Does the facility LP compression If so, consider section 2. Does gas exist be segregated consider 3. 4. Identify

PROCESS

ENGINEERING FLARE

DESIGN SYSTEM

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date

: 2/85

9.3

of the flare

system

and level

can be summarized

in the following

step by stel

contain

process flare

areas with ? levels

distinct if sufficient

pressure

levels

eg : HP compression is imposed by the LF

/ I / I

; atmospheric two or more

separation

limitation

at high pressure from warm relief steel relief

that

on depressuring

will fall falls

to below 0 C. If so, it must below - 29C may have tc

I I I

gas. If the temperature headers and consider

low temperature any corrosive

sources

if need to pipe up separately vents etc... and consequently Locate 1 or ,2 exist pressure within its the

Is a vent system

required

for tank

breathers,

regeneration of each

I 1
the weak

5. Identify maximum links system them links Having headers will neither The largest total

on the PFDW allowable consider into to acheive in the process a higher

the set pressures (MABP relief system, i.e. : the low design balanced flare

PSV anticipated vessels. (MABP alter If only the design

backpressure

usually pressure valves

10 % of set pressure).

installing pressure

= 40 % set) so as to incorporate of the weak levels.

or even

! I I II I I

the same. This may be more the configuration itself. For the studies of every relief

economical system,

than specifying it is necessary relief conditions

two flare

determined

of the flare For this, a full risk

to size the main load generated is not necessary

only and the flareline is a listing

an idea of the maximum analysis of upset

be required.

load and conditions. can usually off the in a flare be judged first design by inspection. Invariably, drum the or a of a plant but help to

sizing

case of the flare failure. Generally the sizing the possible

system

vent flow electricai

will be a full flow relief loops resulting fire generated of laterals

separator flow

or compression higher

This may be supplemented loads

by a simultaneous the sizing degree

depressurization than the normal of the flare of experience

system without

compressor throughput. may influence in identifying perform In some automatic

or equipment

do not dictate

system, will having

and subheaders.

A certain

one or two cases that

will size the flare

a full plant

risk analysis. flaring back-up loads may be minimised equipment. by using ESD isolation valves or

cases, the resulting controls to start

/ / I I

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 4. HEADER In order information 4-l. Design Length

PROCESS

ENGINEERING FLARE

DESIGN SYSTEM

MANUAL I

Revision

Page NJ
9.4

. I Date :2/85 I

SIZING to estimate

: STACK

AND TIP CHOICE flareline and header sizes based on .backpressures, 3 pieces of

the main :

are required flowrate

temperature or height

,MW of stack

of flareboom

Type of tip and stack DESIGN FLOWRATE

to be used. TEMPERATURE from AND MW section. 10 in Flare be dictated sufficient sterile area loads Design Manual) of the vertical For non resulting stack, for or similar MANUAL

This has already 42 TYPE

been determined

the previous (see section obviously

OF TIP + STACK of stack plants

TO BE USED

The choice plant stack by the occupied in a short a further type high discussion Offshore vertical vertical economics, location pressure lengths, 4.3. For onshore with

and tip type will in remote

by the location to use a remote will round still the stack. result DESIGN in a tall

under design. areas it -is usually tip. The on the designated could For cases where flare tip a conventional limitation this figure height. sonic areas, stack pipeflare height of the stack be determined

radiation

be high as 5000 BTU/h.ftZ high flaring by using

(15 700 W/m21 a Coanda/Indair

reduction pressure the flare stack. choice

in height

can be achieved (see section more

10 in FLARE

of each tip type). is somewhat decision depth. (2-5 radiation STACK complex 45 these and tip mounted is more specif its
sonic

in choosing boom often pertainent flare to flare than

between not to tips

a remote governed platform by

or similar, The structural

or an integral between Generally, bars) at the levels, SIZING considerations

or even on board each

eg : water levels allow by reducing

however entry and associated

are used where stack/boom weights.

in order support

reduce

structure

FLAREBOOM The flareboom

- FLARE

or stack thermal

(hereafter radiation value

termed tolerable for For

flare)

length or inclined and

is determined or surrounding flares

by the area. the an in

maximum A detailed under estimate computer

allowable calculation a variety

on the platform

of this SUPERFLARE. level 1.

vertical feasibility

on or offshore using however as detailed

of wind

conditions

and temperatures using

can be performed preprojects, method the

program of radiation

can be determined

AP 521. See Appendix

OESlGN

MANUAL

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

FLARE

SYSTEM

Recommended

Radiation

levels

are given

below :

Condition
I I

1 I
I I

Allowable radiation 6tu/h.ft2 1000

I I I
I I

Exposure period

I I
I

Areas where personnel may be i located from which escape is I possible and shelter is ; attainable
I I

I I I I I I I

Areas where personnel may be located and expected to perform their duties continuously

I I I i

I f I

Infinite

2000

f I I i
I

1 minute

I I I I I I I I 1
I

>

I Areas where equipment is i located and personnei are not I normally present during operation, but if present im1 ; mediate shelter is available
I
I

I I I I I I I i I I
i

3000 (Emergency flaring only)

i
I I I I

I I

)I I

5 seconds

i
I _I 0 I
I
I

I Areas where personnel are not I permitted during operation

5000

I
I I i The above ( Helideck figures are maximum ft2). the following

t I I t
I

I I allowable

1000 radiation

I I
I

intensities

inclusive

of

solar

radiation It should

250 BTU/hr be noted that

recommended

values

of F - Fraction

of heat I :

radiated a)

and math

numbers

at the tin.

Pioe flare Low MW gas F = Ethane Propane F= F = 0.2 0.25 0.3 Velocities max at design normal relief
= 0.5 M

continuous

0.2 M
I i

b) Indair/Coanda All gases c) ,ttardair Having calculated flare F F = = 0.1 0.05 . length IMach 1 I

:Mach 1 based on radiation header analysis and established both I

the flare

the design

fates and tip type the main

can now be sized.

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 4.4. HEADER The major SIZING criteria Flare safety governing must the sizing of the enough header Fe backpressure excessive and gas levels.

velocity.

headers

be both large

to prevent

backpressure

on the plant Sizing

valves and to limit

gas velocity

and noise to acceptable

procedure weak tolerable the link with respect to MABP on safety values. (this should have

1) Identify pressure

been done when determining

the levels

of relief).

This is the maximum

upstream

in the system. P across the flare tip for the relief design flow. For sonic type

2) Calculate

tips the backpressure For pipeflare

will be 2.0 to 5.0 barg depending Flare Fluid tip seal seal of piping headers 0.5 - 2.0 0.2 - 0.5 0.5 - 1.0 from

on load. psi psi psi (0.034 - 0.14 bar) (0.014 - 0.034 bar) (0.034 - 0.07 bar) flare KO drum.

tips use :

Molecular 3) Estimate (Allow 4) Calculate the equivalent generous margins, length flare

the tip

to the

are complex gas

and rarely*straight).

the sonic velocity V sonic

of the relief

1 ! . I .. . I : I Ii I 1 I: I

K = CP/CV T=K

This will give a first The stack diameter IN STACK VELOCITY 5) Using equation

estimate should

of required

pipe id based on maximum

relief

flow. LIMIT

be one or two sizes less than

the tip diameter.

the estimated

TO 0.85 IM;AT DESlCN FLOW. Ifi I D calculate the A P from tip to flare for isothermal u; P2 V2 ( f L bar (a) m/s vol m3/kg a degree of trial and error d = = = flow : fL d moody pipe id +

KO drum.

The Conison

is recommended

6
Where : 1 2 P lJ
V

=Pf

39.4

tin

uz Ul > factor m inchs

x 10

-5

= upstream = downstream = pressure = veloclry = specific requires

conditions

friction length

equivalent

This calculation

as ul = f (p1)

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING FLARE

DESIGN SYSTEM

MANUAL

Revision
Date

Page No :
9.7

: 2/85

6) Examine is adequate allowable 7)Once calculate 8) Continue until

the PI (talc) ie is PI at the plant with

at the relief (talc)

drum

drum

and decide

if the stack maximum and repeat back

+ header upstream the AP flare talc.

diamete pressure

approaching the diameter line proceed

the

? if so increase the drum-tip

satisfied

up the

header

ant

the next section along the headers, link requires criteria

of line diameter. adjusting flowrates as necessary if sources disappear

the weak

has been satisfied. and laterals can be estimated from the main line

9) If the project static

sub headers calculated

backpressures :

above.

EXAMPLE

I
>
< l-2 b+

1. Flare 2. 3. System

design must from

is based on vent flow from be designed at point to point tip to drum for a design than

source
(2)

(1)
1

Weak link backp,ressure

in system

is set by PSV at source (3) of more

flow

from

source

(I)

not

giving

2
1

1.2 barg. 0,5 barg (say) size line

4. Size line from 5. Check drum

(L = 150 m) to give P drum

(3) (L = 100 m) to give Pl < 1.2 barg. (1) to (3) with pressure drop available.

that source (1) can flow from

I -

 TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING FLARE

DESIGN MANUAL
SYSTEM

Revision

Page NO :

Date

: Z/85

9.8

I
NOTE : 1) Laterals ---> sub headers progresses ---> headers , duration isothermal pressures to with results, account reliefs only. flow is must increase in diameter

as the system 2) . 3) Max velocity When assumed a temp occured. 5. FLARE KO DRUM KO drum SIZING is provided at

to the tip.

in a line is (MACH 0.7 for short

calculating

A P for
will points

flare more the

systems accurate

for each section. specific

For high source yield in system

low ,MU i.e. adjust for

A T vs d P profile

I I I

A flare

to drop out and collect

the liquid

part

of the flare

vapours

in

c\rder to : -

prevent personnel to recover

liquid

accumulation

at the base of the flare liquid product (golden

boom or tower from the tip and falling I on

to minimize

the risk of burning

and reclaim

rain) emerging

valuable

materials.

i I I I

5.1.

DESIGN -

CONSIDERATIONS knock out drums are generally required LLP for each level drum immediately temperature upstream in the drum drums. of inlet does not of flare system

separate installed

* i.e. . an HP KO drum, lines (i.e. drum < 0C) providing

LP KO drum,

cold line

vapour

can be introduced the resultant

to a warm

call below design. FLARE

Mist

This precludes SHOULD are not to

the need for two independant AT ALL TIMES. Min design

KO DRUMS eliminators

BE HORIZONTAL
be installed.

I
1

pressure

of

drum

is

3.5 bar (g) I

Heating residual

coils liquids.

should Typical

be installed is to maintain

in flare a T min

KO

drums

to

prevent

freezing

of

= 4C

LIQUID

DROPLET

SIZE (per API 521) sizes are : 150 > 45

< 450

Recommended VERTlCAL INCLINED REMOTE

particle FLARE BOOM

(offshore)

150
400

FLARES

600

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 5.2. DRUM Based method

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
FLARE

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

SYSTEM

Dare

: 2,85

9.9

SIZING
on

the above

design

considerations 2.0. VESSEL liquid

the flare DE.SIG,\I. level using should a split

KO drum

can be sized

using

the

outlined

in section

For a flare drum large nozzles highter concern. An LCHH wellhead 6.0. 6-l. RELIEF diameter

KO drum, drum This

the normal results

be kept flow

in the lower with

part

of the If a

i.e. : utilise mounted drum. will

as much

space as possible consider This will useful

for the vapor-liquid the L/D where drum ratio

de-entrainment. and give + space a plant

arrangement weight

the exist a smaller

on the head. is especially

maximise offshore

are a major shutdown .

normally

be installed

in the flare

to initiate

shut in offshore). SIZING (For more detail see API 520, 521) -

DEVICE

GENERAL - Safety valves are limitation than an equivalent that safety rupture valve and cannot be relied either termed balanced or conventional depending upon the

backpressure - Rupture

discs are less robust accurately.

on to function 6.2. BACKPRESSURE - Backpressure . flowing blowing

It is recommended

discs are avoided

exists

in two forms is the system

: pressure on the discharge side of a PSV that is

backpressure
off

to the relief

. superimposed
discharge

backpressure, side of a PSV caused

or

static by another

backpressure relief source

is

the

pressure

on venting

the to

in the system

flare - For conventional superimposed allowed 6.3. LIQUID for without RELIEF for sizing liquid-relief valves is : valves or flowing the
is ,Maximum 10 %.

Allowable capacity.

Backpressure

(MABP)

for either be

For balanced

relief

valves

up to 40 % can

a reduction

in the valve

The formula

A =

gpm
ins

27.2 Kp.

K,.

K,

PROCESS

ENGlNEERtNG
FLARE

DESIGN
SYSTEM

MANUAL Date : 2185 9.10

4; *
9 ,/-

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Where :

the

A I
gpm

=
=

Effective Flowrate, Specific Capacity Relieving Capacity Viscosity RELIEF for sizing W c K pl

discharge gravity

area,

ins2

U.S. gallons/min at flowing factor minus factor factor temperature (from constant (from (from figure figure figure 6.5) 6.4) 6.3.) back pressure correction pressure correction correction

c Kp Pd K, K, 6.4.

= = = = = VAPOR

The formula

vapor relief

is : Ti!

A=

Kb

r-

1M

Where :
h

w T c

= = = =

Relief Inlet

flow, lbs/h vapor temperature, (from pressure, correction weight figure psia. factor of discharge R

i
6.1, 6.2) (0.975

Compressibility

factor

Coefficient Coefficient Upstream

K PI = Kb M

unless vendor

data

available) outlet, CV failure

Set pressure (from figure

1.1 for blocked 6.6)

or 1.2 for fire .plus 14.7 psia = = Capacity Molecular of the vapour DUE TO FIRE F = 0.1406 CK discharge
surface

i:

6.5.

RELIEF

FOR GAS EXPANSION

Tl.25 T0.65G6 T T pressure = 1560-T = temp. .R at relief

If tc

A=

As

&

A
?f )e

effective exposed

area of valve

ins2 ft2

A,

area of vessel

6.6.

STEAM

RELIEF
U ir\s 1 Ksh

A= 50 PI

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

I
=

ENGINEERING FLARE

DESIGN SYSTEM

MANUAL I I

Revision

0 I

Page No :

Date

: 2/85

9.11

PI
Ksh
6.7.

Set pressure

x 1.03. or 1.1.

(ASIME Power) (ASME Unfired table 6. I.

vessels)

- superheat

correction
VALVE

factor ORIFICE

STANDARD

RELIEF table

SIZES the relief.valve 6.3. through size based 6.6.

upon the

The following effective

may be used

for estimating

discharge

areas calculated

as in paragraphs

Nozzle Orif ice letter Effective Area sq. inches D E F G H J K L

M

Normal

size

Designation

0.110 0.196 0.307 0.503 0.785 1.287 1.838 2.853 3.600 4.340 6.379 11.045 16.000 26.000

lD2 lE2 1 l/2 F2+ 2C3 2H3 , 253 or 3J4* 3K4 or 3K6 3L4 or 4L6 CM6
4N6

N P
Q

4P6
648

R -r

6R8 or 6R10 ST10

Avoid .
l *

using 2 l/2 inch outlet using 2 L/2 inch inlet

flanges flange

(F and C orifices) (3 orifice)

Avoid

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SlJR . REFERENCES 7.1. DESIGN

PROCESS

ENGINEERING FLARE

DEStGN SYSTEM

MANUAL

Revision : Date

Page No :

: 2f85

+ LITERAIURE . GUIDE Flares-Vents-Relief and Blowdown systems

1
9.12 of platforn

CFP MAY 7.2. API API 7.3. 520 521

1984 - TEP/DP/EXP AP1 i4c API Veritas Petroleum designs. I4E : T&hnical Directorate . Notes fixed offshore installations evaluations

Det Norske Norweigen conceptual

: Guidelines

for safety

0.99

0.91

0.97

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

a.91

0.90

0.19

011

no
259 x7 301 124 311 350 MI 170 379 311 396 a3 409 416 A?2 411 UI 470 419 SlO Y6 574 597 bI9 617 670 697

II5 341 157 170 315 39s 405 41s 421 411 uo 445 4Sl 447 452 465 47s 49J $12 z: 591 2 470 410 492 III S10 551 SI? 2: c17 665 690 7,) 415 425 415 UJ 450 4% 461 470 475 4IO 415 496 R si, 570 I91 620 660 U? 440 4sO 415 463 470 47s 410 415 490 49s :z 513 it: NJ 608 630 670 653 z $70 597 620 640 Z 466 47J 460 417 492 497 2: SI? 510 J20 510

z
467 472 471 iI 490 497 ii:

492 492 493 49s 497 JO0 $05 510 JI6 J13 173 iii 516 590 JSO $11 3; 593 602 b10 625 6II 661 6II 710 721 743 757 710 7VJ

J9S :F: JIO 510 110 JII 315 II6 590 91 5% E (46 610 611 6X :9 uo 705 7:s 744 759 771 795 II

610 611 65s 676 692 701 713 751

615 64s ii: 704 719 742 761

.I

. .

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
FLP.RE ANQ

DESIGN
RELIEF

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :
9.13

Date

:2/8S

TOTAL 1
TiP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
FLARE

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

AND RELIEF Date

: 2/85 9.14

0.6

0.4

R=

REYNOLDS

NUMBER

v.

GIGE

BACK

PCIESJURE

8ACK PRESSURE. = sET PREUUaE

PSG ps,c

0
I 100

IO

IS 20 PERCENT

25 30 OvERPRESSuRE

35

rg

45

50

~JOTF: The above curve rcprcxnts a compromise of the values recommcndcd by a number of rcl~cf.valve manufaclurcfr. This curve may k used when the mate of the valve is not known. When the make IS known. the manufacturer should bc consulted for the corrcct,on factor. Figure

NOTE: The above cent overprcssurc. change in orifice pressure. Above change in overprenure.

curve show that up to and including 3 per capacity is rllcc~cd by tbc change m lift. th dinhrrre cocficicnt. and the change in over 2S prcenr. capacity is rffccrcd only by th at low ovcrprc~~ure~ of less than tend IO pcrccnl Foctorr and IO chatter: Ihcrc should be avotdcc Due to Over

Valves operating fore. Overpras~rer figure G 5

6.4 -v

ariable

or

Constant

Back-Pressure Percenl Overpressure Safety-Relief

Siting

.Focror

I(.

Balanced
(Liquids

for 25 Btllowr Only)

on
Valves

.C opacity pressure
Valves ir.

Correction
for Liquid Relief

Safety-Retie

Service

--.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
FLARE

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

0 I

I I Date
: 2/85

Page No :

AfJD RELIEF

9.15

0.80

0.60 , 0.50. 0 5
%

I,.

I . 50

IO
GAGE BACK

I5

20

2s
BACK

30
PRESSURE,

35
PSlG .

40
x ,oo

4s

PREWJRE

= SET PRESSURE ps,c

by a number the vapor of or arc

ore: The above curies represent a compromise of the valuer recommended urcd when the make of valve or the actual critical-flow pressure point mown the manufacturer should be consulted for the correcrion faCfOr. TheA curves are for set pressures of SO pounds per square inch gage and )w pressure for a given set pressure. For subcritical-tlow back pressures IUS~ be consulted for the values of Ke igvre d.6a-VariobIe pars or Constant Gases) Back-Pressure Sizing Factor K.

for

relief valve manufacturers gas is unknown. When

the

and may make is

above. bclo~

SO pounds
Bolonccd

They

limited IO back per square inch

pressure below critvzalgage. the manufacturer

for

Beii~ws

Safety-Relief

Valves

(Vo-

and

0.8

0.6

0.4

,.

0.2 I 0
0 IO Q/O ABSOLUTE

1 20
BACK

30
PRESSURE

40
= SET

SO
BACK PRESSURE

60

70
PRESSURE, + OVERPRESSURE.

80
PSIA

90
PSIA loo

4 100
= loo

F igurt

C*6LC

onstonc Only)

Bock

Pressure

Sixing

FOCIO~

K+.

For

Conventional

Safety-Relief

Valves

(Vapors

ond

Cares

APPENDIX A SAMPLE CALCULATIONS A.1 General

o.2 - (It.6i)(o~ d - 0.2U9 d - 0.46 ~CICI (Inside For Mach low: - 0.5. the flare dinmeler

FOR SIZING A FLARE STACK

I26 JT (1.1)(46.1) diamcIo) is calculaIcd II fol.
WIND--.

Tb~r apPendi ptocnac ca~mplcr 01 Ihe Iwo methods IoI win# 1 the ctark baud on Ihe tlltc~~ of IadibIion. The IWO melhods arc the simple apptoach prtunlcd in Section 4 rnd Ihc mole tpcc~fic apptorch usin) Brauc~owki rnd Sommtre melhod. HeiRhI and lo. cation should alu, be contidcrcd. bated on tar dirpruon il Ihc flame I) eatinguishcd (ICC 4 4.1.4).

d - O.lJY7 d - 0.95 fool (inside diwnclcr) In metric unw. this ~rrnsla~ec IO: diameter) LENOTH d - 0 0~25 d - 0.29 meIer (inside A.P.2 CALCULATION OF FLAME

A.2

Exrmple 1: Sltlng I Flare Slack Ualng Ihe Simple Approach

In Iha r~amplc. Ihe basic dalr MC aa lullows~ The matercal llowtn~ II hydrwtbon vapor, 7he flow MC. W. IS IUU.WU pounds per hour (12.6 kilo~lrmc per c(c. ond). The wcagc molcculw wqhl ol Ihc rrpoo. M. it 46 I. The llovint ~emptrr~ure. r, II 760 dcgwes Rm~hc (300 F) 1422 ktlrinc (I49 C)]. The hcaI of combuwon is 2I.w) ttrilish Ihrrmal uniIt pee pwnd (5 x IO kilujoulcs pc, kilqtam). Tbc ratio 01 the spccilic herIt m the gas. h. is I, I. The llowinl pte$su~e II Ihe llare lap is I4 1 podnds pet yurrc mch rbsalulc (101 ,I kiloprurls abroluIc). Ihc dcqn wind vclocily is 20 mdtr pe, hour (ZY 5 ICCI per ucond) (52.2 kilomeIc,s pc, hour (rpptuaimalrly ll 9 mc~e,c pa wcond)] A.2.l CALCULATION numbo I). OF FLARE is dcwminrd OlAUETEtt II follu~ (UC

Tbc heal IibetaIcd. Q. In British Ihrrmal units pef hour (kilowalls). II calculrIed as fallows (we Fiauw 6A and 66): Q-(100,~)(21,5oU) - 2.15 x IO BrtiIish In mwic unilt. Ihr#mll IO: units pa hour

lhis ~~rntlatcc

Q - (I2 6)(50 x IO) - 6 3 x IO LilowaIIt From Figures 6A and 6D. lhc ft~mc fern (52 mclcrc) (see Finwe A.1). A.2.2 CALCUtAllON CAUSED BY WIND CALCULATION) The vrpor IcngIh. L. II I70

The Msch I 4 3 I. Ilcm

r --------I)----Fbutr
A-l-Obnm4bnrl Mrrmur lot siring II follows:

IQ ----rL,,, II FAIR suck

OF FLAME DISfORflON VELOCITY (SIMPLE

-4

Math
In WI,,C um~r. Ihl, ~rantlr~cc IO:

flow ,aIc I, dewmined

i%$ F G ., lot In mewic flow - 333.9 rc~ual unils. cubic feel per wcond IO:
$~

Mach For hlrth

Iowl:

- (II bl)(lO@ dwnrItr

The llwnr dlrionion uusrd by wind wlociIy Ilied us lollowr (ICC Figure 7):

II c~ltuIn melric unii~.

- Ill9 feet per second thls wrn~lair~

IO:

- 0 2. Ihc ll.,c

I, c.lculalcd

lhis t~rnslrtcs (g)

cubic

!i ID
..

- (I2 b)(g) - 9 46 BCIUI

rne~ct,

per tccond

fhc lollow 4):

fl~rr tip CIII rclaily. U,. may be delrrmined I( (ICC A.3.2 lot ~no~hrr melhod ol calculaainl Mow yyjl -i FOI Moth

u-$eig

P 2. -. : . .
0

- 56 9 McCoy - 0.5. u-d&

pa

second
s w

u,For Mach - 0.2.

4 - 411 ICCI per second

77 lo 5 t;; oz ..

zy .-0.12
ZAy - (O.S3)(52)
- 11.6 nw,era IAl - (0.72) (II) In mcltic unilt. - 37.4 ,LlC

0.R4 II 160 - 7e 4 tI*l tl

R' - 45.7 - H(lI - 27 0 mclrrs

DR4 4a 9 - I7.d

4)

- 21.600 - 6084
- 19,Slb II - I40 feet t/ - I40 - H(60) - I IO IceI

II t n - 119

II-I/

1391.2 - lf162.2

II - 40 8 mcten

thir lrrnrtrlcl II-

IO: H t HAy

- 40.1 - H(27.6)
- 11 melcri

AZ.4

CALCULAllOH STACK HEIOHT

OF REOUIRED

FLARE

it'-R-HAS CAy - 18.2 mclcra &lz - 44.2 mclen

(See A.I.1.) R - alH(44.0) - 23.7 mclcrs D-Rt It 48.9' - 23.7' 4 ti H - 2191.2 - X4.7 - 1829.5 H' - 42.8 mclcn 2) 11 follow:

For the basis of the calculalionr in rhlc section. r&r lo 4.4.1.3. Rtfcc IO Figure A-l for dimcnrional refer. cnces. lhc dcrign buis is II follows: The fraction of hcrr rathated. F. is 0.3. The hemI libcrrtcd (we A.2.2), Q. As 2.15 * IO British rhcwnrl uoirc per hour (6.3 x Id kilurrlts) The marlmum rllorrblc radiation. K. II 150 kcl (4J.7 mclcn) from Ihe flwc slack Is 2000 Britl#h thermal units per hour per square fool (6.3 kilowtta per squam mclcr). In rqurtion (I) from Secllon 4, wsume t - 1.0. The disrwxc from the flame unlcr IO the Srrdc.kvcl boundary (that is. the object being considered). D. ir lhcn crlculaled II lollow

II - 42.8 - H(I8 - 33.1 mtltrr AI Mach - 0 5. If ii calculated tl - II + CIAy R-R-HAS EAy IAs - 90.1 Ied - I22 4 feel

In melric

unils,

thir Irrnslalo

lo:

(kc

A.2.1.)
RHOH(l22)

- 89 feel
D I R + ,,I MOJ - 69 i II

- 48.9 melcn
The physkal rrrrngcmcnl shown in Figure A.1 ir ihe buir of the followinS calculations. Al Mach - 0.2. the flare srrck hcilhr. II. is CIIN. lad .s fulluw

H"-25.600-7921 - 17.679
If - I12 feel

XAy

- (0 51)( 170) - 90.1 ICCI

ti
In mcrric units.

- Ill - H(PO) - all feel IO:

IA,

- (0.72)(170) - I21 4 ICC1

II' - II * HAy
R-R-H&

this rranslaro

'261 - S9.J ICCI

C& - 1443 feel

II - It + Hby R-R-Hbr

(fee A.2.1.)
R - I50 - H(144.3) 14

CAy - 2; 6 mcltrr
Lb - 11 4 nILlen (kc A 1.1 )

7a

Table 1 INTRODUCTION

of Contents . 1 2 2 ; 4 5 8 9

.......................................

2 BASIS OF THE STUDY ................................. 2.1 GAS COMPOSITIONS ............................... 2.2 COLD VENT ........ ................................................. 2.3 H2S CONCENTRATION MONITORING

il

3 RESULTS _....._........__....-..-........*...--..... 4 DISCUSSIONS _.._.....-.-.._._...-.--...-.......--... ............................... ...................

5 OPERATING EXPERIENCE

6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMMDATIONS

1 INTRODUCTION The Welton Gathering Centre process plant is provided with an incinerator for disposal of excess associated gases and relief gases. During upsets on the incinerator e.g. fan failure or a plant initiated trip, the incinerator is isolated and the gases are disposed of through a cold vent via a bursting disc arrangement (see Fig 1). The gases routed to th e cold vent contain high levels of HZS and adequate dilution of this component with air is therefore required during dispersion for safe disposal. The option of replacing the existing incinerator with a new and larger one, means that the cold vent would still be required. Dispersion calculations were therefore carried out by Group Environmental Services (GES), London to confirm that safe disposal of the vented gases could be achieved. Detail6 presented of the atmospheric dispersion below. The following areas study and results are covered :are li I
/

Ii
! 1;

1 / i

basis of the study results of the dispersion modelling. discussions of results operating experience with the cold conclusions and recommendations

1:
vent

I I,
i I

II

j/

2 BASIS

OF THK STUDY calculations were performed by Group Services (GES) in London. The basis of 1 is given in the sections following. , these

The dispersion Environmental calculations 2.1

GAS COWOSITIONS of the be wide gases that could ranging because be vented :to the

The composition atmosphere can

I
1

the Welton G.C. receives crude from a number of wells at varying flows and varying H2S content. Hence the amount and composition of the gases normally produced varies; - the relief gas composition which could superimpose normal flows vary depending on the relief scenario. Accurate prediction of the relief flow and composition not always possible. on is

I 1,

Ii
Ii
I! / f
II \! !

Therefore for the dispersion calculations reported here, a number of vented gas data compositions were prepared from two sources (Table 1) :* . - these were extracted 1) TLC Oriainal Desian C!mDosltuul from the Incinerator Work Pack 18, Vol. 1. They were based on the design wellfluid (C-site) and still represent the sourest gases that could be obtained from Gathering Plant HP/relief header. Calculations for the following cases were carried out gas and HZS flows, Gas I; a) Case 1 - Highest Gas A; b) Case 2 - Lowest H2S concentration, Gas E and c) Case 3 - Lowest H2S flou6, flow, Gas B. d) Case 4 - Lowest total II) a preu revised s&ign ca6e~ - these are based on the Welton Upgrading design material balance and represent condition6 in the plant when production from C site is diluted by production from the less Bour The combined.HP, LP and acid wells (A and B sites). gas stream compositions were used for the dispersion calculations. The following ca6es were considered :of normal flows in the a) Case 1 - based on the total gas headers; flow based on 300 BOPD; b) Case 2 - startup to Case 2 but with twice the H2S c) Case 3 - similar This can be considered as starting up concentration. 2

-I I I 1

with production from C-site. d) Case 4 - based on normal fire relief flow in the gas 2.2 COLD VENT

flows superimposed headers.

with

The cold vent is a 16 inch pipe erected vertically with Detail dimensions 6 inch top section acting as a nozzle. of the cold vent as used in this dispersion study are shown in Fig 2. Process gas is normally isolated from the cold vent by means of four bursting discs - two in use in series and two spare, as shown in Fig 1. Should these rupture, a common alarm signal is produced in the control room and the incinerator is tripped which in turn causes a general plant shutdown. Thus the duration and quantities. of the emissions is minimised. 2.3 HZS CONCENTRATION locations during MONITORING were selected dispersion above were of for monitoring gases from the

i .t

: !I

The following HZS concentration vent :-

the cold be

a) At positions in the plant manned, of which the following Crude stripper Amine contactor Crude tanks Incinerator b) At grade level Gathering Centre areas. c) At farm the Barfields The tower

grade which selected :-

could

:I
. !I

- 14.9 m - 13.6 m - 9.O'm - 12.5 m locations fence, car vicinity are within the Welton park and workshop and in particular, in Table 1.
r

;s
j I 1

at various perimeter the these

houses in farm. for

near

:I
: 1

co-ordinates

receptors

shown

3 RESULTS Details extract results quoted quoted of the results are given in a GES memo, Ref. 2 ; an of the results is given in this section'. The of H2S concentrations at various locations are in mg/m3. To convert these figures to ppmv then the figures should be multiplied by a factor of 0.7121.

Tables 2 - 9 show the maximum ground level concentrations for a range of weather condition6 and the cases specified. The wind has been arbitrarily set to SW, so the location of the point of the maximum ground level concentration is of no significance, but the distance from source is of use. at the seven sites Table 10 - 17 shows concentration specified for the same range of weather conditions and the However, in these tables, the wind same eight cases. direction has been deliberately chosen to place the Thus each specified site directly downwind of the vent. concentration represents the worst possible condition at each site. The result presented in the Tables 2 - 17 are the 3 minute average concentrations at the receptors. To extrapolate the 3 minute average concentration to longer time average concentrations, the following can be applied :,

cx =
where

Cp * ( 3 / TX ) **0.2 Cx is Cp is TX is concentration the 3 minute the new tim,e average for time TX average concentration for average concentrations.

Thus, for a 15 minute average concentrations Similarly, for 0.72. factor is 0.36.

average concentrations, the 3 minute have to be multiplied by a factor oi an 8 hour average concentration, the -:

For time average concentrations of less than 3 minute, the However as a guide, a above correlation does not apply. similar approximation to that made for odour nuisance investigations (where the 5 second average concentrations to convert the 3 minute Thus, are relevant) can be used. averages to 5 second averages, the results in weather category A should be multiplied by 10, and the remaining weather categories should be multiplied by 5.

4 DISCUSSIONS

This Section diScU66e6 the interpretation of the results given in the above section. It must be stressed that the interpretation of the results and inferences made here concerning the H2S level with respect to safety, occupational health and nuisance6 are mainly those of the author. Advice from Group Safety and Occupational Health was obtained verbally and is incorporated.
The following observations are made on the results :-

a) The odour threshold for H2S is d.00066 mg/m3 for 5 sec. average time. Tables 2 - 9 shows that the 3 minute average ground level concentrations (1/5th of 5 second averages for most weather categories) exceed the odour threshold. The use of the cold vent would thus result in odorous emission which would be perceived at fairly remote locations e.g. the Barfields farm, when the wind is blowing in that direction. It is noted that there are no evidence emissions due to H2S at low level are complaints relating the two may still that odorous a health hazard, be received. but

b) The cold vent facility is provided with two bursting disc installed back to back in the duty line with a parallel spare set provided. Should these rupture, an alarm signal is produced and the incinerator.is shutdown. The latter also causes a general plant shutdown thereby minimising the amounts of emissions. The release of H2S containing gases through the cold vent is therefore restricted to the HP/Relief header depressuring,or the depressuring of the separators in the HP gas blowthrough scenario. It is not possible to quantify these periods. c) Tables 10 - 17 show the 3 min average the seven particular receptors specified; odour threshold is exceeded. concentrations in all cases at the

the concentrations are adjusted to give 8 hr. time interval averages by multiplying by a factor of 0.36 then in some case6 the Long Term Exposure Limit of 14 mg/m3 is exceeded. This occurs mainly at elevated receptors and in particular the crude stripper and the amine contactor/regenerator. the 3 min average 15 min average value Term Exposure Limit receptors.

If

If

concentration by multiplying of 21 mg/m3 is

is converted to give the by 0.72, then the Short also exceeded at the same

It is concluded that if cold venting were proposed as a normal operation then it would not be acceptable to BP or to environmental authorities. However, it is noted that the original design intentions were that the discharge would be of limited duration and of low probability. d) In assessing the safety implications of the discharge, the instantaneous level of HZS perceived is relevant. It is noted that the closest approximation of this is the 3 min average concentrations which shows that at elevated levels, and in particular the top of the amine contactor/regenerator concentrations in excess of 42 mg/m3 are predicted. towers, the HZS would cause eye and respiratory At these levels, tract irritation. This is unpleasant and would be a signal for evacuating the area. It is noted that if the 5 sec. average concentration (5 times the 3 min average concentrations in most cases) are considered, then levels in excess of 140 mg/m3 are predicted. These could cause a loss of the sense of smell and result in a loss of signal for evacuating from the However, the levels are below 700 mg/m3 affected areas. which would cause a loss of consciousness within 15 mins of exposure. It should also be noted that such duration for exposures are unlikely as explained in b) above. ' It must be noted that the effects of H2S depends on a number of variables and above limits are only for guidance. It is noted that people who are regularly exposed to even very low concentrations eventually become unable to detect the gas by smell. e) The models used for the dispersion calculations lose their validity at distances less than 10 metres of the In this area, it is also noted that the mechanism source. for dispersion is different and low flow emissions have greater impact on the resultant ground level concentrations especially if the gaseous emissions are denser than air as Within this 10 meter area of the in this particular case. Gathering Centre is the location of the pig receivers and wax traps which may well be manned in event of the cold vent operating. _ f) Analysis of the results given in Tables 2 - 10 shows that the dilutions resulting from cold vent dispersion increase as the flow of the emission decrease (see Fig 3) but is generally less affected by the concentration of the Low flOW6 would result during pollutant in the emissions. plant startup when plant upsets generally arise and

reduction of H2S content in using less sour wells would venting during this period.

the gas header by starting reduce the impact of cold

up

The concentrations of the hydrocarbons at the various g) receptors after dispersion has not been calculated; this be roughly estimated from the dilutions imparted on the pollutant during dispersion. Estimated hydrocarbon concentration for two receptors ha6 been calculated for Original Design Case 1 and shown below. Amine contactor, maximum H2S concentration is i) which corresponds to a dilution of 249. Therefore, concentration of hydrocarbon is 0.40 %. ii) Incinerator, which corresponds concentration of maximum H2S concentration to a dilution of 6636. hydrocarbon is 0.02 %. is 1.9 Therefore, 50.7

can

mg/m3 max

mg/m3 max

It will be seen that in both case6 the concentration6 predicted are below the Lower Flammability Level assumed (methane) for this purpose.

2 %

5 OPRRATING

RXPERIENCE the Welton Gathering Centre plant with the use of graphite burst& low bursting pressure. These may caused by pulsation of gases in the was resolved by reducing pulsation installation of a bursting disc of has proved reliable.

i P

During commissioning of problems were experienced discs which ruptured at have been due to fatigue HP/relief header. This from the burner and the composite material which

After commissioning, the cold vent ha6 operated several times mainly as a result of instrument failure on the However the production through the plant was incinerator. below 50 % of the full capacity. With the recent modification6 to the incinerator, it has been possible to increase the flow through the Gathering Centre. This increase has resulted in the header pressures being close to the bursting disc pressure. This could increase the frequency of operation of the cold vent resulting from surge6 through the plant. If the existing incinerator is replaced by a new incinerator in the next Phase of the Welton Upgrading then the design of the incinerator and the setting of the bursting disc should be such that frequency of rupture due to surges is' eliminated.

6 CONCLUSIONS

AND RECOHWQiDATIONS

a) The study has concentrated on the dispersion of HZS based on a number of the Original Design and the Welton Upgrading gas compositions. It has been predicted that emissions would be odorous at ground level at short and long distances from the cold vent. b) At elevated areas, for example, the top of the amine contactor/regenerator towers, the predicted levels of HZS are higher than the Short Term Exposure limit. It is therefore recommended that access to the elevated areas close to the cold vent be restricted. Adequate warnings should be displayed at access points of the elevated areas and DA sets must be immediately available. c) The cold vent is located close to the incinerator and the pig receiving areas. These areas are likely to- be manned during operation of the cold vent. An audible alarm which is activated from a bursting disc failure has.therefore been installed to provide warning to personnel. Regular testing should establish that this alarm, located near incinerator control panel, provides adequate alarm near the pig I receiving area. d) The plant licence was based on utilising the cold vent on The result6 of this study show that failure of incinerator. the emissions would be odorous and high concentrations of HZS are predicted at elevated areas'near the cold vent. It is therefore important that if operations are changed such that the design intention of utilising the cold vent is changed, then appropriate BP,authorities should be consulted. e) Due to the higher GOR's and plant surges, it is possible that increased pressures close to the bursting disc pressures are experienced as a result of the higher gas flows. This would increase the frequency of operation of the cold vent and represents a further constraint to the maximum allowable plant throughput. a number of options for. f) For the Welton Upgrading work, provision of additional gas disposal capacity are being Due to the potential hazardous nature of the investigated. it is recommended that preference cold vent emissions, should be given to solutions which remove the need to use a Such a route is provided if a ground flare is cold vent. selected to burnbgases on incinerator failure.

11
r1L

/i

g) In view of the complex nature of the safety and health hazard of HZS, it is recommended that an interpretation of - the GES dispersion results reported here should be obtained Any changes perceived from the original from HTH, Dyce. intentions of the using the cold vent should be similarly addressed. s c.t. J. Caven-Atack A.A. Croll M. Broadribb J.A. Lewis E.A. Mullin/R.W. 1058/97

Bride=

10

iij ..--.

z ..~

un , OIU - --1--1- ..

..----w-v.-----,.YnJ -._ -.---.w(DLI11111, nn, Iall1 I nnn -----_ nllnpl ---.---.-.--_._

. WI, IuwaIY, IU n - --U I( (Iv.,** r A-_. nil onwt 0 .-. . . I-. -,

Nl

n3naMddv

0-n

= &Do/ f*D. = s* sort+

I
ISSUE *ROJECl

IO-q-t-Be PaoPo sc0

OATE wb TITLE

Q-1

sficy
tlESCRIPIlON

h4
DRN. UC-Jr =ack Pr;loak CKD. ENC.

A
:Nt

bxuoba

SCAlE

f-s

(WPS)

@ Kaldair

Limited

DflG. No. E

-c

Figure

----.

2 0 t A >
[

,--

-- .-

r-

(swosnou)
SZH ~0

stdounila

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

PageNo:

Date

2/8 4

. .

10,

?IPES VALVES + FITTINGS

TOlAh
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR
1. APPLICABILITY .

_ PROCESS
PROCESS

ENGINEERING

OESIGN LINE

MANUAL

AND

UTILITY

SXZING

For a feasibility For a pre-project The purpose

study a quick study a better

estimate estimate

of the line size will be required. < of the line size will be required. in the process unit. abaques AFTP can be used :

. . .

of this guide is to size only the lines and pre-project de charges de charges : studies

For the both the feasibiiity . . Pour Pour le calcul le calcul des pertes des pertes

des liquides

dans les conduites

des gaz dans les conduites

The line sizing . Flare LINES 1. lines,

depends pipeline

on the service and riser sizing

are not included

on this chapter.

2. LIQUID See Table 3. VAPOR See Table

SIZING

CRITERIA

AND STEAM 2. FLOW

LINES

SIZING

CRITERIA

4. TWO PHASE The

LINE

SIZING

CRITERIA with :

V2 criteria

a stated

for vapor lines to be followed in kg/m3

= PP m=
w = WI = WV =

W WI, WV P F WI + WV = total

flow rate in kg/hr

pl P

= =

liquid

density

in kg/m3 in kg/m3

liquid

flow rate in kg/hr

vapor density

vapor flow rate in kg/hr W m.v f $3600 4. of the line in m. . the apparent

and V = Vm =

m/s

0i = internal

diameter

om and Vm are respectively

density

and velocity

of the fluid.

io :

IUIHL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

r~uc;tss

tNWNEERING AND UTILITY

DESlGN LINE

MANUAL SIZING

Revision

0 I

Page No

PROCESS

-1 ,

Date

The flow regime for vertical lines.

to be checked

on the figure

1 for horizontal

lines and on the figure

.
.

For horizontal For vertical

lines slug and plug flow regimes lines slug flow regime Fig. should

should

be avoided.
l

be avoided. experimental results.

Remark 5. PRESSURE 5.1.

: Flow chart DROP

1 and 2 are based on authors

CALCULATIONS FLUID (GAS OR LIQUID) could be used with the correction of the line diameter

MONOPHASIS 5.1.1.

ABAQUES

AFTP

such as indicated 5.1.2. Method

on these ABAQUES. or regular number Fanning friction factors.

using MOODY Reynolds

a. Calculate

Re = @i,Pv = 0i P v = = = r, line internal fluid density velocity diameter in kg/m3 in mm = fluid dynamic viscosity in Cpo number

Pe

Re is a dimensionless

in m/s the.relative roughness : See Figure 34 E = D f =

b. Determine

c.

Determine

f = friction
i

factor f v 4%

: 2

See Figure bar/100 m

4 -+

d. ,.P=fxlOCx

PV 2gx10.2=

5.2.

TWO PHASE Many

FLUID exist to calculate the line, pressure ratio drop for two phases flow, anc

correlations

depending temperature authors :

of the vertical conditions.

or horizontal

of vapor/liquid

and pressure

That is out of scope of this guide and we mention FLANIGAN POETTMAN/CARPENTER EATON . BEGGS/BRILL TAITEL/DUCKLER : LOCKHART/MARTINELLE

only some

quick

methods

for an estimation

are as follows

TOTAL
TEPIDP/EXf/SUR

PRO&S

ENGINEERiNC&SIGN

I
diameter.
Method

PROCESS

-:,L,-.R ,.1p., p,\? t . AND UTILITY

MANUAL LINE SIZING I

Revision

Page IJo :

Date

2/8

10.3

X2.1.

ABAQUE

AFTP Takin

for

gas

could

be used

with

the

correction as the fluid

of

the viscosity

lir

as defined

in 5 4 and the liquid fanning withy

viscosity factors.

5.2.2.

using MOODY method viscosity

or regular as on 5 5.1.2. taken

friction =pm viscosity.

It is the same
and the fluid

and V = Vm as defined

on g

as the liquid using the

5.2-j.

A more section

detailed

method

Lockhart

cvartinelli

method

is g iven

I1 .O PIPELINES.

6. NOTES .
.

Tubes dimensions With ABAQUE

are standard AFTP

and an example for

is given the internal

on Table

3. must formula be done and a used mainly fc

the correction could

diametar

estimation

of the line thickness

be done with the following

high pressure.

thickness Design
allowable

mm pressure stress weld joint always bar g bar factor available

Y c

= =

coefficient
external

having diameter allowance

values

for ferritic inch mm

steels

P s E

=
=

0e =

corrosion

longitudial

5, E and estimation.
e=

Y are not

so the following

formular

could

be used for

P&f K

+c

thickness design external

in mm pressure diameter in bar g in inch

c K

= =

corrosion carbon

allowance
steel

in mm
and low temperature

43 for carbon

steel steel
on Table

0e =

54 for 3.5 % Ni and stainless 10 use the thickness account given by the schedule in elevation

For smail . For

diameters

upto about

3.

A P do not forget

to take into

the change

for liquid

and tw

phase flow.

 TOTAL
I I

1 PROCESS

ENGINEERING DESIGN
PMICESS
LINE

MANUAL I
1

Revision :

0 I

AND UTILITY
SIZING

Page
10.4

NO

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/05

-------------------_----

.-

--------m-m-

Y) -------VI

22

22

-I: . ! , -

ir 00 . -4. ------------

*Q) -II.

?- . aa 00 Y33-------q

m c;

.*a

?00 c-1-

: / -

.Ov\ . -rr\ wo . 3m v\ 4

?-rr\

wo $6

,-

---------

-----------------------

E 2 3;
-

TABLE

1
VAPpR AND STEAM LINES

I I
/

MAXIMUM

V2

1 Pv=ysd;:;;:it;$;3J

I ,

MAXIMUM

A P bar/km NORMAL ; MAXI

I
1 , I

vELz;lTy

/
1 VAPOR I I LINES .

I
I
. , I 6 000 7 500 10 000 I5 000

I I
I f

I
I 1
, )

I
AP must be considered with service

.
.

.
Discontinuous anti-surge I

P < 20 20 <P 50 < P P > 80

bar g < 50 bar g < 80 bar g bar g eg: compressor b& g < 80 bar g bar g

I 1
1 i and be compatible , ) the corresponding

I
operation . - P < 50 . 50 < P . P > 80 suction discharge , IO 000 15 000 25 000 i T;ore a compatible with

I I
I I

I -

compressor compressor LINES . .

I
, STEAM

I I f -

P<lObarg

Short line L < 200 m Long line L > 200 m .ShortlineL<200m * Long line L > 200 m

I I I I I
I I
I

0.25 0.5

.
42 42 30 30

0.5 0.15 1.2 0.25 1.2 0.35

1.0 0.25 2.3 1.0 2.3 1.0

lO<P<30barg

/ , - P > 30 bar g

I
!

. .

Short line L < 200 m Long line L > 200 m I

I I

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL PROCESSANDUTILKYLINESIZING

/ Revision

Page NO :/

Date

: 2185

10.6

7. REFERENCESANDUSEFULLITERATURE
. .

LUDWIG Flow of fluids Gas liquid CRANE I Research results by A.E. DUKLER

l -

flow in pipelines

May 1969

Pup1 by A.G.A.,
.

API and Unionof

HOUSTON
manual by 0. BAKER, and J.K. H.W. WELCHEN, October 1970,

Gas liquid

flow in pipeline BRAINERD, published

II - Design and API for

C.O. COLDREN, by A.G.A. of

FLANIGAN

Proposed pipelines

correlation LOCKHART, , H.D.,

data

isothermal MARTINELLI for Two

two

phase, (1949)

two

component

flow

in

R.W. and R.C. J.P. Manual

BEGCS TULSA

and BRILL, I

phase flow in pipes

1975 university

of

ABAQUES

AFTP:

. .

le calcul a conduites Pour le calcul conduites

Pour

des pertes des penes

de charges de charges

des liquides des gaz

dans dans

les les

I*
.

PEPITE

PROGRAM PROCESS BLACKWEIL, DESIGN

ON A PROCRA.MMABLE

I I

CHEMICAL W. WAYNE

CALCULATOR

B.S. Page 22 - Mafik Soliman, Hyd. Processing April 84

Two

phase pressure

drop computed

I I I

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

I7
TE
8Ucer. rt81k NW.
0. OII nd Gas

10. 1956,

Jourp. 156.)

: ) i I

.. I I I I 1 / ! .A i 0x

0.4 Q6Od LO

OSHINOWO FOR 00.0 Qs - Vapor flow rate. Ft3 /See Gl - Liquid flow rate. Ff3 /See . 0 - Pipe inside diameter. inches p 1Liquid densicy. Lh/Ft 3 u 1 -Liquid p 1: Liquid surfra tension, dyne/cm viscosity centipoiro -

- CHARLES VERTICAL

TWO PHASE FLOW UPWARO FLOW

MAP -

FIGURE

I I I I illli

II I I111111 I
BUBBLE QUIET SLUG OISFERSEO SLUG FROTHY SLUG FROTH ANNULAR

I 1.0

40:
7 -f

f .

TOTAL 1
,
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DEStGN

MANUAL

Hevtslon

Page

No

PRDCESS AND UTILITY

SIZING

I
3 - Relative roughness

Date

: 2185

10 -0

Figure
IOUfi6.) : ,

of pipe .

..

Pipe Diameter. in Feet -D

bIJ6 pa3s g .mo4 z .aa a

.oalos
.CCICJO~ .umi .aJaM

.ooGQo6t

I I 3 DOOOOS~2 Ill
1

11

1lllllll I I

III

I,,

4 56

8 10 Pipe Dtamekr,

to
in

30 40X160 Inches - d

EOlOO

200 300

y?-$q,.

Revision : f TEPIDPIEiPISUR , , L=
SXZXNG

Date

: 2/85

FRICTION FACTORS FOR CYLINDRICAL PI PE

II

Page No :

10.9

I- TOTAL
(1

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR
I-

PROCESS

ENCilNtttilNlA PEbocEsS LINE

IJtblCiN

MHNUHL

nc.,o~II

rage I

NO

A?lD UTILITY SIZING

I
IN :w

Date

: 2/h

IO. 10

TABLE I

I.1

NBE NORKAL THICKNESS

DIXENSIONS -iW.

WI-I-Ii

TOLERANCE

. s f

17. I4 II.%

1.:) 2.11

I i

I 1

2.11 2.77 1 ;

mom 3.71 I

1 I

_i 1 b.?S

! I

1.1 I X.77

s.m 3.3)

1 j 1.0

.. ,,a-

a2.16

2.77 2.77 1.77 3.06

3.n 1.U J.91 J.14

r.u LO1 s.n

Las 7.M 1.71

I.% Au J.9? &lb

l .a>
>.0t 5.n ?.OI

*.70
IO.10 II.07 lb.01

I IllI 21'

l .26
SO.JI 71.0?

_ i
I

7.01

V.J2

Notes

1) 2) 3)

For me For

schedule
follovrnq

00 >

10 0 < 14' 4re nor used normally diameters are not common : l/8', 3/a-. 30' line drametcrs increase in 2 incrcmnts

I l/4-,

2 l/2-,

3 112',5-

4 : : ,~, v. . ,, _,, _ 1

TOTAL
(._ TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING PIPING

DESIGN CLASS

MANUAL

Revision

Page No : 10.11

Date

. Z/85 .

I.

APPLICABILITY The purpose when the feasibility of this chapter is to determine class studies. (From DD-SP-TCS112 PIPING MATERIALS CLASSES) document the piping does not class used as shcwn This is generally on a PID line the case for , , I 1

piping

material

exist.

and pre-project NUMB&RING GENERATION

2. CLASS 2.1.

PRINCIPLES OF NU,MBER

I The class number two-digit material question. I Example : Ear . .

l .

shall the

consist valve

of a capital the main bodies, tubes,

letter fittings

representing entering into

the ANSI of the

series

and 3 of in * I.

number used for

representing

material

the composition

and flanges

network

Series The tables below

150 . . . . . . . . . . .
l

: . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbon and numbers

steel to be used for numbering piping

give

the

letters

classes. 2.2. LETTERS representing the series of the class

Series Symbol

I 125 I 150 I 250 I 300 I 400 I 600 I 900 I1500

I I I I I I I I I

2500
I

Trying

lA~BlC;D~EiFtCIH~J~

2.3.

NUMBERS oito20 21 to 45 46 to 70 71 to85 86 to 99 : : : : :

representing Carbon Alloy Special Other Glass Plastic, Stainless

the main

material

of the class normalized, etc...)

steels (ordinary, steels steels alloys materials (Monel,

galvanized,

Hastelloy,

etc...) copper alloy, etc...)

(Cast-iron,

copper, fiber, etc...

cement-asbestos

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PIPING CLASS
Date : 2/85

10.12

3. PRESSURE The following STANDARD For pressure

TEMPERATUREi ANNEX STiEL PIPE

RATINGS C is extracted FLANGES ratings from ANSI B 16-5 FITTINGS). 2500 the following is used 5000 PSI, 1977 (AMERICAN NATIONAL

AND FLANGED higher than series

temperature mainly

10000 PSI, . . . (used

for well tubing

and wellhead).

I
nd a
FIG. C ond flanged fittings from ANSI B16.51977

kin

Prasruro-tcmperoturc

ratings

for

steel

flonger

.28.9

to 37 B

-20

to 100

275

027
ra2 538

E
900 950 loo0
3U

E
so :: E 375 325

--_
525 520 510 iii

649 704 760 851 NOTES.

1200 1250 1300 t:g 1450 15W

195 155 A2 E ::

z: 14s 110 62 45 30 5-z :: 1% 105 70 310 240 170 120 515 400 205 200

-4 I I I

ToTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY The purpose PID.
.

PROdESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

, I

SELECTION

OF TYPES

OF VALVES Date : Z/85 10.13 1 ! 1

I of this chapter is to determine the types of valves used for designation t on tht 1

valves

are used for two mains is only a guide line

functions, for

isolation

and control. I of valves which must follow thf I

The following piping

2. BLOCK

selection

of types

material
VALVES

class document

when it exists.

The main

types are :

. .

ball Plug

. .

gate butterfly I

2.1.

BALL

VALVE can be full bore or reduced bore uses flare system : upstream and downstream of PSV, rupture disc, flare line if I pig launcher and upstream pig receiver. bore. I

Ball valves I
2.1.1.

Full
.

required.
. .

downstream

I I

vents and drains piping

onhydrocarbon

equipments. for hydrocarbon. lines if the pressure larger than 2. drop is critical. I

.
.

valves on instruments valves an hydrocarbon

for block utility

.
2.1.2.

except

water

for diameter

Reduced
.

bore uses on hydrocarbon service without solid particles. I

Block

2.2.

PLUG Plug

VALVE USES . valves have the same use as reduced valves can be assimilated of the two. and lighter

I bore ball valves when used for high pressure to reduced ball valves, generally, plug valves,

(600 * 1. Plug are smaller

0:

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

tHUCkSS

tNtiINtERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

SELECTION

OF TYPES

OF VALVES

Date

: 2l8S

10.14

I
I tht I

t3.
.

GATE

VALVE valves

USES
l

Gate greater

can be used as ball valves The vertical

except

upstream

of pig receivers. than a ball valve.

for downstream of pig launcher ant a physical space required by a gate vdve is

. .

Tight

shut off for ball or plug valves is superior service with solid particles

to that of a gate. presentor as wing valves on well

For hydrocarbon heads. For quick On utility closure

. . 2.4.

purposes. < 2

lines for low diameters VALVE lines USES for service, utility

BUTTERFLY . On water than 2.

or sea water,

generally

for diameters

larger

I 3. CONTROL e if I VALVES , globe butterfly special USED used in most of cases except networks, at very and high P as defined suction lines by for . 3.1. GLOBE . VALVE

The .main types are :. . .

Control instrument throttling

valve

group, purposes. VALVE networks

or on water

compressor

3.2,

BUTTERFLY . . On water Throttling

USED

at compressor USED

suction

3.3.

SPECIAL Special . .

VALVES valves

are defined

by instrument

group

for very high A P the angle valve could for compreSsor anti-surge

be used be used.

cage valves could

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

A P THROUGH

-ENGINEERING .

DESIGN
AND

MANUAL
FITTINGS

Revision

Page No :

VALVES

Date

2m

1. APPLICABILITY The purpose This may consideration. required. The pressure 2. drop calculations
VALVES

of this chapter be required For most

for

is to calculate either study however projects

precisely phase for calculation

the pressure situations of process K method.

drop in a piping where

A P is a critic line - A Ps wil not

are based on a summation

A P THROUGH.
2.1. I TYPE I 1 I K VALVES

OPEN I ! 0.15 I A P = K .PV2 1.962x105 1 bar = 1.02 Kg/cm2 density in kg/m3 v : fluid velocity in m/s I GATE VALVE I I 5 f I 0.1 I GLOBE VALVE I , PLUG COCK NALINE 1 I 2.4 I CHECK VALVE i I

A P in kg/cm2
P 2.2. BALL VALVE ball valve with BALL reduced VALVE bore : This PRODUCTS : fluid

A P through extract 3. A P THROUGH The example

A P depends is given

on the valve

vendor.

of CAMERON FITTINGS below gives

as an example.

some

values For

of

the pressure edition,

drop

coefficient refer

K for

fit. .., DE

encountered PERTES

in cylindrical

conduits.

further

information,

to MEMENTO

DE CHARGE

by I.E. IDELCIK,

EYROLLES

PARIS.

A P in kg/cm2

P v 3.1. ELBOWS

: :

fluid fluid

density velocity

in kg/m3 in m/s

AP=K

.@ 1.962x105

K values for elbows. I I R/D I f I , f

q

1.5

I 1 1

3 0.12 + 4.72 f 0.08 + 2.36 f -LINE

I f 1

5 0.09 + 7.87 f 0.06 + 3.94 f SI,ZING 5

I I ;

90 4s friction

1 I ,

0.17 + 2.36 f 0.11 + 1.18 f factor see chapter

PROCESS/UTILITY

TOTAL
AP 'I%RmVALVES AND FITTINGS

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/85

lcl,ld

10 0.47 0.45 0.42 0.39 Of7 0.27

20 0.45 0.41 0.35 0.32 0.27 p.18

30 0.43 0.36 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.13

40 0.41 u.33 0.26 0.22 0.16 0.11

60 0.40 0.30 0.23 0.18 0.1s 0.12

loo 0.42 0.35 0.30 0.27 0.25 0.23

I*0
0.45

180
030

0.41 0.40 0.X 0.31 0.36

0.50 030 0,SO O.SO 030

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR A

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Pabe No : 10.17

T
TE

A P THROUGH VALVES

AND FITTINGS 9 Date

: 2/85

s, +5a > s,

TOTAL I
TEPIDPIEXPISUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

---

.i

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

* Page No :

! TE

AP THROUGHVJUVES AND FITTING.5

I
ResistanceCoefficient,
The resistance coefficient is calculated K-fL by the formula:

Date

: 2/8s

10 -19

0
Valves of the friction factor. f. for various pipe sizes are listed in table l-17. Values for L/D and C for fully opened valves were calculated from theoretical considerations. Valves of C. for partially open valves were extrapolared from ten result for representative sizes of ball valves. Chart 1 * 18 provides graphic represenration of valve position versus the percent of full open area.

Table I-17 Friction Factor (r] tw-ald hoesa

.6' c 1r lz1. 16' :c 22-

hcla FUl~(f-l
0190 017s 0164 OISO 0140 013s 0110 0125 0123 .-0110 . 0117 0116

slrc I-I *DC 14 . 1 ::

lo34. 36' UT I z L _- . '. )

FrLprn Fanor tn
0115 0113 0112 .OllO .' 0107 010s 0104 0103 0!02

Calculated Cameron

Table I-3 Values of L/D for Full Opening Ball Valves in Full Open Position

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

pflUl;tS

CNbINCCnINla

UCSIWY ...,~,,I IVI~IUUAC.. v

Date
: 2/8-s

a.

AP THROUQI VALVES Brad FITpINc;s

10 -20

Table l-5 Calculated Values of L/D for Reduced Opening Cameron Ball Valves in Full Open Position
l

Table I-6 Calculokd Values of L/D for Venturi Opening Cameron Ball Valves in Full Open Position I
I

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 1. APPLICABILITY The purpose control valves

PROCESS

ENGINEERING CONTROL

DESIGN VALVE

MANUAL

Revision Date

: :

0 Z/85

PageNo: 10.21

1
!

SIZING

,,

of this chapter installed

is to give given The final

some

formulae
and

to estimate to estimate

the size and the number the capability . of the contra people.

o-

for one

service, sizing

, .i

valves in case of revamping. 2. CONTROL These characteristics 2.1. QUICK the seat application 2.2. Linear trim provides throughout
VALVES

should

be done by instrument

CHARACTERISTICS

are determined available OPENING

principally are quick

by the opening,

design linear,

of the valve and equal

trim.

The three

fundamental

1 ;L ,1

percentage.

As the name with

implies, lesser

this type provides flow increase control on-off

a, large

opening opens

as the plug is first further. The of flow required.

lifted

f roar

, . .

as the stem

most

common

if for simple

with no throttling

equal

increases

in stem

travel.

Thus the flow rate

is linear

witr I * .

plug position 2.3. EQUAL Provides travel.

and

its travel.

PERCENTAGE equal large percentage increase increases provide toward in rate a very small the fully of flow opening open for position. equal
increments of stem a wid

The characteristics very

for plug travel

near the seat

I .

As a result,

rangeability 3. CONTROL
.

of flow rate is achieved.

RANGEABILITY

VALVE

For an estimation at maximum For normal flow, flow

only it is common the. valve than opening should

practice should

to select be at least than valve

a valve in which 60 per

cent

the valve openini while for minimum fl wit

I
I : iS; , i 1 1
.. 1~

flow is smalier

than or equal

to 95 per cent. LO per cent. should If the minimum in parallel

and

if applicable, valve.

the opening

be larger

close to or smaller the main . vendor 4. FORMULAE The valve The For a flow rate in their

10 per cent, opening

a smaller

be installed

the valve catalogue.

depends

on the valve

characteristics

it is given b

area is characterized

by the

coefficient gallons

Cv (except of water this restriction of reducers car-logues

for FISHER flowing equal

which use Cg for1 during 1 PSI. one minut

the gas (see hereafter). Cv coefficient a restriction formulae given is the number
and

of U.S.
and

through

the pressure are simplified

drop through

The following corrections

the formulae Calculation.

to be used

only for an estimation around will

be

may be necessary

for the installation in their

of the Cv. Sam, e the control valve. If so7

used

by manufacturers

for

a better

C-V

.-

,.

TOTAL
TEPIDP/EXP/SUR 4.1.

PROCESS

ENGINEERING dONTROL VALVE

DESIGN SIZING

MANUAL 1.

Ravision

0 .

Page NO : 10.27

Date

:2/u

LIQUID
I

A - Sub critical Pv<PZandPl

tntak , i

flow -PZ<Cf?A sg PI - P2 Ps

I I bl I I

B - Critical -PZ>Cf<.*Ps

flow

I 1.16 Q J CC sg

Cv = 1.16 Q

A Ps
and depends on tf cf < 1

L bI roll,

Cf Pv

= = = =

critical fluid

flow coefficient vapor pressure pressure pressure

(given

by manufacturers by increase

motj

; PI P2

type of valve and the action in bar in bar in bar upstream downstream

of valve

of variable)

I a L uitt

APS = Pl - (0.96 - 0.28 1 C)Pv

or to simplify, PC = =
=

if Pv < 0.5 Pl, critical pressure

APS = Pl - Pv
in bar conditions (water = 1 at 15C) temp. at upstream

fluid

Q
sg

flow rate in m3/hr specific gravity

at flowing

ring

.
.

4.2.

GAS AND STEAM

I

A - Sub critical PI - P2<0.SCr2Pl

flow

lum I : iY ,

I I I

0 - Critical PI-P2>,0JCf2Pl

flow

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING CONTROt

DESIGN VALVE

MAhiUAL

Revision

Page No : c

SIUNC Dare

2/u

1 O-23

SATURATED I

STEAM

cv =
J (Pl

72.4 W - P2) (PI + P2) SUPER I

HEATED STEA&M I 83.7 (1 + 0.00126 cv _ 72.4 (1 + 0.00126 Tos) W i cv= Cf PI &PI - P2) (PI + P2) f Cg, PI, G T z
W

Tos) W

P2, Q same definition relative upstream upstream steam density

and unit as 5 4.1. OK = 273 + C factor

= = = = =

(air = 1.0)

gas temperature compressibility in t/hr in C

steam weight

Tos 4.3.

superheat

TWO PHASE For sizing,

FLOW maximum

P = P 1 - P2 = 0.5 Cf2 P 1

A - Without

liquid
51.8 W

vaporization

I I

B - With

liquid 36.6 W J APdl

vaporlzatlon

cv =

JP

(dl + d2)
and unit

Cg, PI, P2 same definition w dl = = total fluid upstream

d= EL+

as 5 4.1. in kg/m3

flow in t/hr mixture density

w x 103

dll WI1 = dll dlv = = Wlv =

Wlv dlv upstream upstream upstream liquid vapor flow in kg/hr density in kg/m3 in kg/m3 flow in kg/hr

upstream liquid

vapor density

--

1 UTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PHUCtSS

tNbINtERING VALVES

DESIGN AND

MANUAL FITTINGS

Revision :

Page

NO

A P THROUGH

,Date

: 2/85

10.24

d2 G downstream d2 =

mixture

density

in kg/m3 . It

w x 103 w21 w2v -+d21 d2v downstream downstream downstream downstream liquid liquid flow in kgjhr density

w21 = d21 = W2v = d2v = 4.4. FISHER FORMULAE

in kg/m3 in kg/m3

vapor flow in -kg/hr vapor density

For gas FISHER cv= cg Cl

use Cg instead

of Cv

Cl = valve coefficient

(given

by catalogue)

cg = 0.4583 d PI sin fw ./T] deg.

w = gas flow rate in kg/hr

d = gas density upstream downstream at upstream pressure pressure conditions in bar also in kg/m3 Pl = P2 = in bar also

5.0.

REFERENCES Vendors

AND USEFUL documentations 2

LITERATURE

GPSA chapter

--

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGfNEERlNG

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No : Z/85

Date

. +-

11,

PIPELINES

-/

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXPlSUR

Revision

Page No.

PIPELINES
Oate :

2/85

11.1

TEP

1. APPLICABILITY For both feasibility be performed and preproject using PETITE studies, long pipeline

A P and AT calculations

will

normally estimate 2. PIPELINE 2.1.

or RESEAU-

It may be necessary,however

to make an

by hand. Details are given below on how to proceed on this. PRESSURE DROP FORMULAE

GAS TRANSMISSION There exist many methods of calculating are : American Colebrook Below is given the Panhandle A for use : 1.8539 CO.4604 X x 1 2.6182 E; d X 1 Where Pl P2 G
TS

AP for gas transmission Formula

lines. Some osf these Weymouth Darcy

Gas Association

Panhandle .4 and 0

TxL

x 0.301s

ps

T Lm

-2

q d z E

= Upstream pressure = Downstream pressure = Specific gravity of gas = Base temperature = Base pressure = Gas flowing temp = Pipeline length = Flowrate at Ts, Ps base = PIPELINE DIAMETER = Average gas compressibility = Efficiency (0.92 for a clean line)

bar (a) bar (a) K (271 K or 298 K) bara(1.01325 bar) K km m3/d (at Ts, Ps) cm

The formula does not take into account significant, can be added to the A P calculated 2.2. LIQUID FLOW IN PIPELINES : F ,M2 bar/km

the pipeline if required.

profile

which,

if

Use Darcy equation P = 6.254

P
= Mass

D5 kg/h kg/m3 cm b.r!km = F E = = Moody friction Absolute viscosity factor cm

flow

= D CP = =

Density line id pressure drop

roughness

(see page 10-S and 10.9) CP

TOTAL
TEPIDPIEXPISUR vi11 an Re = 35.368
x

Revision : PIPELINES Date :

Page No. :

2/8S

11.2

F F Ln

= 64/Re = (S/Re)lZ [

for Re + l/(A+B)

< 3/z 16

2030

x D with : A = 2.457 [ B=
l

1 ------(7/Re)-9 + (0.27 E/D)

1
factor F :

I2

*iOr Re > 2000

(37530/Re)l6 when using friction charts as confusion arises

BE

CAREFUL MOODY

between

F and FANNING

F = l/4 F

2.3.

TWO PHASE Estimating the flow estimate stable. Given BAKER or process below method. lines. is of 2-phase

HORIZONTAL flow A

P by hand for long pipelines

will alter along providing

is not recommended, its length. However regime

as an

characteristics

and equilibrium

A P can be hand calculated

the phase

is fairly

a calculation This method

method can be used

based

on LOCKHEAKT-MARTINELLIlongpipelines (stable regime)

for both

METHOD
, *

AP

2 PHASE flow

= regime

OP

HORIZ

AP

VERT

1. Evaluate 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Calculate Calculate Calculate Calculate Calculate

and adjust

Pipeline

0 if required

APC
APL

( APL/A
AP

PC) factor.... (vertical Pz H section of pipe)

2 PHASE

APvert factor
viscosity .(-.

For convenience

pipe ids are in cm is in cp.

. r

11.3

OPERATING

DATA LIQUID

FLOWRATE DENSITY VISCOSITY

Wg Dg is TEMP DIAMETER AREA

kg/h kg/m3 CP C D A cm m2

= IOQOO3 = 1E = O.OlLA

FL0 WRATE DENSITY VISCOSITY SURF TEN

WI kg/h 01 kg/m3 Vl cp St dynes/cm

= :;o 3co zp 1 So J f r i:

I-l I I I II / jI( I I / I-

FL0

WING

= 3L
= .b.cI, = 2.13 PIPELINE Vertical LENGTH change L

PIPELINE INTERNAL

A h

m m

= 103J = - :LO o

STEP ; I. 6x DETERMINE = 210.3 .!!! FLOW REGIME /Dxi D12/3 x VII/~ St

I t

NOTES

1
I I

= 3ci.63

I
I I

wg
I BY = 7.087 x w Ax r -7----FDlxDg FROM

REGIME

BAKER

CHART

3;s7c:;f

ire PJCIO.7 i

2.

CALCULATE

I
I
1 Fricilon I Re =

Apgas

35.368 x Wg Vg x D factor (:vloody) s;

I APL
3. Re=

6.254

x f x Wg2 Dg x DJ

1 1 CALCULATE

I
I

ApLIQ

35.368 x WI VI x D

APL=6.254xfxw12 DI x 05

\-.

I I APL I

=-&ar/km

PROCESS

CALCULATION ITEM :
NO. JOB

SHEET

Sheet

I of 2 I

PooPmIP/EXP/SUR

TWO PHASE PVELINES A P CALCULATION

DATE JOB TlTLt E LJ\V I ii ;-

CJiK

HO.

REV

I 1t
LIY

ya I

-.
c

. I I.

1 I.4 I I I II

4.

AVERAGE v, =

VELOCITY I V, = :?- cc I I I X RATIO in/s

I.

5. CALCULATE

) 6. CALCULATE I I 7.
TYPE

LOADING WI x 0.205 7

FACTOR

WS ) wsJ??,O

I I i

ws =

I
FOR
PH

I
FLOW

CALCULATE
OF FL& i

PH FACTOR

HORIZON-t-AL --

FLOW TYPE =&Pi C: .j I

PH

BUBBLE

STRATIFIED

I :w

SLUG

------t-WAVE

I I+,.~. I IA Pa

rt vt pc , ,.tSt

-a-In FH + 01111
Ftl
VC=

lntix
aul

-- LVVJ
ht.-

---

FLOW

TYPE

= WAVE

IpcD

APa-,=
bar/km SECTION

f I

t 1
f

I I
I
I

8.

CALCULATE
i i FRN x0 .

PH FACTOR
IC.2 V21D

FOR

VERTICAL
Vinmh.Om

VERTICAL SECTION

Cm
n

0.19

(X)

(FRNl

PH,

I.510 I 1 I

t I 9. I

lI

x . x0 in oi~pcrvd fbr eq~. (0 SC Pn .w.

CALCULATE : : &P

TOTAL

TWO PHASEAP AP2 aPzv x h)/lOOO = 4,~~ =~PG 1.5-i x PH2 x PH$ =
q

I
I _. I

Horizontal Vertical TOTAL

PH = I.888 PH,,= I.~\0 x L +Apzv

1.3AQ

o.?i?

bar/km bar/km

f 1 1 I

= (bp2H

bar

I
PROCESS CALCULATION SHEET

I
Sheet 2 of 2

TEP~OOP:DIPEXPSUR IY CHK 1 DATL

TWO PHASE PIPELINES P CALCULATION

JobTlTLt TM\.+<

ITEM
NO I08 NO
REV

TOTAL
TEPIDPIEXPISUR 3. TEMPERATURE For detailed the program to a small segments PROFILE and accurate PEPITE programmable used. should be remembered assuming should to within AT

Revision : PIPELINES Date:

Page

No.

2/85

Il.5

and

AP calculations

in 2 phase lines buried, method lines. presented the greater The procedure

subsea or in air on pages I 1.6, is easily adapted the number of ( *b D h

be used. The hand calculation 10 % for both gas and liquid calculator and increases

11.7 is accurate

in reliability

The following

when designing

pipelines, in overdesign in pipeline sit -

For long pipelines

isothermal

flow can result

PI P2 . AP Tl
1

AP.
If the pipeline is constant with regard to material, insulation route a fixed thermal conductivity (k) can be assumed. For gas pipehnes the internal
the

and burial

depth

along

its I

I---l II I . I I 1.

film

resistivity

is neghgible

- ignore

it.

For all steel pipelines Small flowing length. ambient For oil and small medium. pipelines medium. For large

resistivity

of the metal heat flow

is also negligible. compared to the specific temp heat of the

j I

(< 20) have a large Consequently pipelines the converse

the gas will

reach ground/sea

in a relatively is required

short to reach

1
j 2.

is true and a long distance

gas pipelines the asymptotic temperature largely Ta is that of the surrounding on the Joule-Thompson in cold surroundings effect. or vice : I ,

I I

For large diameter calculation

gas lines, Ta depends sheet

I3.5 I I I I-l 4. I

The attached versa,

can be used for hot lines

For subsea pipelines, transfer coeff

epoxy wrapped,

concrete

coated

resting

on the bed an overall for calculation purposes.

heat b .

of U = IO - 15 kcal/hm2C 6

is a good estimate

I I-i Re I Set IL TO.

If PcJDPfC

5-r-r

11.6 Covering Tg k LIQUID 1 air / ; 1.6,

>ted
rOf

Medium

: C kcal/hmC = I3 = I. /,q

Temperature Therm. cond. FL0 W . e

ii

, *:

D h PI

/ I
/ *

Total pipeline length No of segments Length per segment Total elevation change Pipeline diameter Pipeline diameter Burial depth to centre Inlet pressure Exit pressure Total pipeline initial Temperature FLUID JOULE THOMSON (see fig. I, page 11.8) STEP

m m +m Ls m m bara bara bar C

= ?3BOO =& = 1oeoe = 4 103 = 30 = o.-Gt = r-t> = = = = A0 50 IO LB

Volumetric floum3/h Density (av) kg/m3 M Mass flow kg/h Cp Specific heat kcal/kg GAS FLOW Volumetric flow Molecular mass ,M Mass flowrate Cp Specific heat = rc F/1000 psi ( I I I I I

= =

C 1

. aF2 Tl
1

m3/d (std)= 00 O*CJ = 15 = -locJ;.s kg/h kcal/kgC = 0.6 x 0.00805) = C.L;C/bar I NOTES Coverinq
k kcalThmC

COEFFICIENT I

I I I
I 1. Calculate heat

VALUE I factor s 1
= 3.33

~(&~
Y 0.f 17 -l-

transfer

I
. I

I
I

x = 2h/D s= 2kn /ln [ x + (x2 - 101

/:
1

= 5 kcal/hmC

f Soil I Air I Water I Sand dry I Sand wet I

1.49 0.022 0.508

0.30 1.49

I I I I I i

I
) 2. Calculate I ,
leqth

I
heat flow ratio (liquid per unit a I I a I I =113-q ,o-c.n- 1

I
I I

a = s/MCp

or gas) temperatureTa

I
I

I I 3. Calculate

Asymptotic

f
I

Ta =Tg - (1 AP + L\ y/jCp)/aL

- ..*

1 Ta =41\ C
/

I
i L is segment
1 j= 426.5 w

length kcal

I
I

/ . I 4. Calculate

I downstream - Ta)e-aL ternp + Ta I T2 =Li-kc I I I

PROCESS

I
T2 = (Tl

-1-2

I
I

1 I I I I I I I
SHEET
Sheet 1

I I
I I I I of 2 ---

f . . I I Repeat steps 3 + 4 for each segment ) See sheet 2 for stepwise spreadsheet

I
/
TEP~DI~~I~IP,ExP~u~I

CALCULATION

BURIED

PIPELINE
I JO8 TJrLf

AT
;-%AflPl

CALCULATION
C

ITEM
NO. 106 NO

Br

CHK

OATL

RfV

t;

11.7
TEPK

ITERATIVE

CALCULATION

LOG

FOR

A BURIED

PIPELINE

AT.

e I
1 SEGMENT N l I I LENGTH m I

4.

L
4

I ELEVATION
I

I [

PI

I I

I
Tl 1 Ta

I
I I I T2

I
l I P2

I
I

I
+m -

I
1 bar al

I
C

I I

*. :
I

I C
I

I
C l bar al
4.

*
4.

4.

.,

S
U c

I I ( ! I :

c S

E C lo

I 1

i : I B

I
ETJ
TEPtDOPmIPIEXPc5UR 9r CHK OATE ~08r;r~f. LxnrWt

PROCESS

CALCULATlON

SHEET

Sheet Z of 2

J 1

BURIED

PIPELINE

A,T

CALCULATION

IrEM:
NO. JO1 : No. : IREVI

[ Y,i, 4 -.f OTAL

TEPlDPlEXPlSUR

PIPELINES Date : 2181

4. LITERATURE 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. 4.5. 4.6. LUDWIG CAMPBEL KATZ, CRANE Equations

AND USEFUL VOL I chapter

INFORMATIONS 2 12 chapter 7

VOL I ChaDter

HANDBOOK MANUAL predict

OF GAS ENGINEERING

buried

pipeline

temperatures

G.King

043 March ProcessinK

16, 1981 Aoril 1954

Two phase

A P computed

R. Soliman

Hydrocarbon

kcal/h.m.

x o $jl

-3

Soil Wet soil Ground 1 Ground Steel i ,

t

1.19 1.49 -> air -> water 2.98 29.8

concrete sand (dry) sand (wet) Air

0.65 0.30 1.49 0.022 0.510

1.19

38:7 (2bd Water 0.67 (0 .,,I? 0.22

Epoxy coating Coal tar

6-s I

Joule-Thomson coefficient* -*w-m

h2

Specific > 1n

heats -1-m

-m--w 7

GLOBAL ENGINEERING
LIMITED
iLlEN XJBJECT PROJECT

SHEO .
JOB

No.Na..

__...

-.

..._

___.___

- .

-_

----. . . . . -... - . .-.-

._ .._

._ _

GLOBAL ENGINEERING LIMITED

PROJECT

SHEETNo.-

LIEN7 UBJECT :ALCD BY @ CHKD BY

APPD

BY

DATE

~%u,cJ~

: ;

. -A

..

SHEET
JOB

No.-

No..&

CHKD

BY

7 4
,

..

,.

.,f i
jr

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESlGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No : 2/85

Date

ly-

12.

PACKAGE

UNITS

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR c

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

DEHYDRATION TEP

1. APPLICABILITY

For many in order engineer

studies to reduce should

undertaken the water Generally be aware

there content this design

will will

be a requiremenr of the export be undertaken available

for a gas or liquid by a specialist for dehydration the basis sizing

dehydration Limits

phase to acceptable

ur . n for pipelir1. tlof some commc . ,

transportation.

vendor.

However

of some of the options of this section the most

NOTES

schemes, of the most

the dos and donts unit (TEG). glycol contact,

of design

and also how to undertake is concerned used. widely

The majority this being

with gas dehydration

using tri-erhylen;

2. GENERAL (English .

DEHYDRATION units

are used throughout dehydrated

this section

for convenience) I in order Unless to prevent hydrat .

Gas is normally formation liquid water

to 6 to 10 lb of HZ0 per MMSCF lines, and reduce corrosion. at low points and reduce

in gas transmission may accumulate

the gas is dehydrate of the line.

the flow capacity

iMethods

of dehydration 1. Adsorption 2. 3. 4. 5. Absorption Direct Chemical cooling Compression

in usage are : (Alumina, silica gel, mole glycol) 3. injection see 4.0) elsewhere absorption in literature. liquids is gib,n iI sieve)

(di- or tri-ethylene followed reacrion have minor by cooling (for method

The last three . A ,ummary Table . 1.

methods

usage and are discussed of various

of the advantages

and disadvantages

Tri-ethylene flowsheets

glycol

is the

preferred glycol
glycol

(most

widely

used)

absorption

liquid.

ExampIt

of di- and tri-ethylene to limit the overhead

are given in Fig. 1 & 2. operating to prevent temp problems of 38 C (10( due to the *

In order glycol

losses zi max practical

F) is used. A maximum viscosity. losses are usually

of 50 C (50 F) is recommended

Glycol

in the order Total (0.0033

to 0.012

gal/M,MCF

(0.0016

m3/MMm3)

due to solubilit) ,

vapourisation run around

.

2nd in the overheads. 0.025 gal/lM,MCF of TEG

losses due to leakage,

vapourisation,

m3/MMm3). without the use of stripping gas. For

Concentrations higher purities

upto 99.1 % can be acheived

gas will be required.

eNo:

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEERING

DESIGN

:-.

MANUAL

Revision

0 f

Page No :

DEHYDRATION
Date 2185

12.2

Glycol

foams

in the presence and addition

of light

hydrocarbons, agents. lo-15 F

t his can be minimised t

by good feet

)n UT pelirer rt meof mmc iyleni

prescrubbing * [ . ; ; The number always . Actual equilibrum

of anti-foam are usually

gas exit

dew points Take

(5.5 - 3 ,C) above the theoretical the specification.

(4 trays)

dew point. of trays trays.

this into account height)

when setting small

(or packing

is usually

an excess of either

is

prov:ded

in the design.

Recommended

efficiencies

are 25 % for bubble

caps 33

l/3 % for value Regenerator 4 I drat rate * in order

Use 24 tray spacing. should not be above 400 F (204 Limit heat pump capacity. in the glycol feed maintain the inlet temperature Cl at atmospheric pressure
aim

temperatures glycol

to prevent

degredation.

flux to 5000 - 7000 BTU/hrftZ,

for 6000. Provide To prevent at lo-15 Regenerator but maximise circulation SIZING

at least 2000 BTU/gall condensation

hydrocarbon

F (5.5 - 8 Cl above the gas exit. still column should run at 220 F (104 C) at top to prevent loss of glycol

water

rejection. be between 2-4 gall/lb HZ0 removed 3 IS a good number.

Clycol
3.

rates should

PRELIMINARY

CALCULATIONS be performed for estimating on data to estimate from by the vendor on request. The vessel sizes, circulation rates the BS+B design guide. The size : temp and pressure Fig. 7

An exact sizing of a TEC unit will normally CFP inhouse program GLYCOL also exists and ,n ir utility consumptions. hand method water These are based following can be used however content of inlet

the required at required

1. Determine nplt . lbs/MMSCF, 2. Calculate 10( he 3. Repeat Calculate O ) I 4. Calculate

gas to contactor

kgfiMMm3. total water maSs in feed gas to contactor gas using required F, C. in contactor. circulation rate. % exit dew point (add 10 F) contingency).

calculation dew point amount

for exit

depression of water

to be removed glycol

5. Use 3 galls TEL/lb I

HZ0 evaluate required required

6. Use Fig. 3 to determine Use Fig. 4 to determine # 7. Use 2000 BTU/gall

TEG concentration. stripping gas rate

TEG circulated

to determine

reboiler

capacity.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

-Page No

i
8

T
TEF 5.

DEHYDRATION
Date

: 2185

12.3

3.

Use Fig. 6 to determine and Fig. I to determine

number contactor height

of trays diameter.

required

in contactor t

9. Evaluate tower.

contactor Hence estimate sizing

(see section of contactor.

2 vessels)

include

integral

KC pot

in base c

weight

A more detailed
4. METHANOL

method

can be found

in CAMPBELL

VOL II.

INJECTION

(HYDRATE hydrate or mole formation sieve this

INHIBITIOl\i) ,is gas transmission as defined possible to hydrate in previous point lines the product of the is normall\r ior If th,. source. points. at the recovery receivin are no
i

In order dehydrated however minimum

to prevent in a TEG (wellhead pipeline

unit

sections.

On some oc of water

to plant) temperature by injection

is not

due to the location the inhibition

is below of inhibitors

is requires

This is acheived
.

to depress the hydrate DEG, TEG. Recovery Economics

and freezing of inhibitors. of methanol

Common plant favourable.

inhibitors

are methanol, the liquid being

is normal,

then recycled.

Methanol limitations.

is adequate Above injection

for any temperature. - 10 C better as lower depression

DEC not good below vapourtsatlon ds follows w d M Ki = = = = : weight losses.

- 10 C due to viscositv

Predict w=

rate

for hydrate

I % inhibitor depression 1 I I. 1 6..

d:M 100 Ki + d M

C hydrate

Mel wt of inhibitor 1297 for Me OH 2220 for DEG, TEG

To use above equation

1. Predict 2. Estimate 3. d =

hydrate Tl-T2

formation

temp

at max. press in line Tl in line T2

min flowing

temperature

The

amount

of inhibitor Adjust

injected rate For

must

be sufficient and liquid

For

to depress glycol

the hydrate m3/Mm3

point

calculated + dissolving. Ib/MMSCF), 159).

above and also provide injection vapourisation.

for vapour methanol

phase losses due to vapourisatiouse 0.0035 charts pressure (CAMPBELL

accordingly.

I (O-Z- i pot 1
,

use vapour

w NO

,iOTAL 1
i I i

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL I

DEHYDRATION

Revision

0 I

Page No :

Date

: 2/85

12.4

-I

5. SOLID Solid

BED DEHYDRATION bed dehydration Solid is used when lower units. residual water around conc$ntrations the - 40 C mark are required rhar

. i i

can be acheived
water.

by glycol

This is generally to TEC.

or 1 ppm resldua: providing

3ase c

bed dehydration

can be used for less srringenr

desifgn requirements

the cost is competative INOTES . rmalJ\ ior

If th,: LNG

when compared

: facilities always used molecular medium : KgH20/100 Bauxite Alumina Gels .Mole&ar Sieve degredated 4-6 4-7 7-v 9-12 by heavy oils, amines, most expensive glycols corrosion prior inhibitors to entering Kg bed cheapest sieve dehydration to acheive 1 ppm H20 or less.

Available

dessicant

quirec

:eivin .re no
i

Beds

can be severely bed.

salts and liquids. the dessicant . . : I

It is essential

to have a good feed filter

or scrubber

icositb

Bed life is usually Gas flow through ensures the water the bed. Figures

2-4 years depending the bed is generally is stripped from

on contamination. downwards. without Regeneration having gas flows upwards. Thir

the media

to pass all the way through

8 and 9 show a typical temperature

molecular is usually

sieve arrangement. 175 C - 230 C. Too high temp destroys th<

Regeneration media,

too low results 1 gives a summary REFERENCES

in poor regeneration. of operating and regeneration practices.

. - Tl I 6.

Table

USEFUL 6.1.

AND LITERATURE 17 AND 18 KATZ field et al. Chapter 16

CAMPBELL HANDBOOK PERRY

VOL II CHAPTERS OF NATURAL Fire I

int

6.2. 6.3. 6.4. .6.5. 6.6.

I

GAS ENGINEERING tuning existing

satio-

(0.2, i
-L PDI I L 4

GAS DEHYDRATION Cutting glycol

Cost5

installations Sept 21 1981 Sept 28 1981 tales TEG for natural ga!

D. CRAMER C. SIMMONS Cutting glycol costs II Correlation eases! absorber-equilibrum dehydrationW. BEHR 0 + VJNOV 7 1983

- World Oil - Jan 1981 0 + CJ line

-,

TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page NC

Date

: z/es

12.5 A

PER

CENY

UYCOL

ST WEIGuY

.
w--e

----

Fig. (Cam&d/

1
and

Flow

sheet

for

dicthylenc

glycol

dehydrotmn

plant.

Iavrmce,

Fig.
(Campbd/

Aor and

*heat Laur.nc*.

for

nictttylm~

glycd

dehydrocior,

plod.

IIINI?!'3 TEG CONCLVXATION

--

1. ._ -L--L---W*, ---------Ico, -, ,, .e.....I -.A .,rrs, , is , . .I I I I Y I A

..__ _-.--..~~~ F&l. 3 Id..4 .I

Id u I.

rd.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

---

..

.-:::--:.I-: -.-.::;.iI<; ;2i::;l:-7

_..._

.._ . .._

..

FIG.

SIZING OF ABSORBERS

FLOWING

PRESibRi:-PSIG

_.

I TOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING
DEhYDRATION

DESIGN

MANUAL I

nevtslon

u I

rdge

NO

Date

: z/t35

1 L.

RAYS

OR PACKING

f ICUAE REOUIRED

6 FOR

CLYCOL

DEHV

ORATORS

I I 1 P / .-.. Y--. C ..._-. -_. .y:. . 3, . -Sk f:!::. -7 -... -_. .-. 7..: \ (: , : g : ! ! > , I ! :--.. i . ..I.: v .: ...... F . .._ I ..,.Ix-- I !j

01 01234S678 CLYCOL

T O WATER

CIRCULATION

RATE

GALTEWLEHfo

, , ,

w Lo lo A)

11J 40

-10

20

bo

40

loo

-__

ToTAt
TEP/oP/EX~/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

i I

Revision

: O

Page No

DEHYDRATION I Date : 2/85 12.9 I -

T
7-E 1.

2.

3. F14JU a
Basic CharacccrLsclcs Of ?iolccular Sieves.

r I
GAS TO et OnlEo

OnTEn I" 1osOnCtlow

DRY GA1 I
nECTCLIWC RECYCLED GAS CO~P~EssOw

No

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

GASSWEETENINC
12.10 gas contain disulfide gaseous for safety acid components, mainly carbon dioxide (CS2) and mercapians. or liquefied, or process This the gas nfeeds to be created An other to improve details aspect oil recovery. methods are GuidelInes to In reasons. section of gas of the CO2 injection process. their services. of this section, but can be found in the advantages

DESIGN

MANUAL

Page No :

1. APPLICABILITY Generally natural gas, or associated sulfide (COS), carbon product, components with

(CO2) hydrogen To obtain eliminate sweetening available

given

a commercial these sour is linked

the development by a selective and lists

for

this case CO2 is extracted for gas sweetening on which system sizing Ii terature

different

and disadvantages.

to select

specific

A detailed referenced 2. UNIT

method

is beyond

the scope

is required.

The specification

of treated

gas can be given in grains/100 1 grain/ 100 SCF = 16 ppm volume

SCF for H2S or sulfur

content

3. GAS SWEETENING Various processes chemical physical chemical

PROCESSES are available absorption absorption conversion using catalyst utilised process is the most ABSORPTION the chemical reaction are : Aqueous 56 normally solvent and releases absorbe them the acid components by heating present in : solld bed adsorption cryogenic fractionation

the absorption 3.1. CHEMICAL

In this type of process, the feed gas by chemical The main chemical

at low pressure.

solvents

The Alkanolamines . . . . MEA (Monoethanolam DCA (RI (Diglycolamlne), &IDEA DIPA (Methyldiethanolamlne) (Diisopropanolamine), salt solutions (ADIP) as potassium carbonare K2CO3 Ine) (FLUOR ECONAMINE)

used (wt) 15-20 up to 65 1x30

30-40 25-40

or alkaline

Alkanolamines
. close

cannot

be used undiluted at ambient temperature of highly

because

: It to extract

to solid state generation

conditions (heating corrosive is needed products

. low stability gases) with Table

3.1.1.

at high

the absorbed

ac

by decomposition. processes.

1 shows the advantages MEA PROCESS MEA solution

and a&advantages 1) solvent

of these

(see figure wds the first

used and is still

widely

used. Generally

15 56 weight a) Advantages

solution

is utilized.

- high reactivity - good chemical b) Disadvantages - irreversible - irreversible - ineffectiveness - high utility - no selectivity c) Fields of utilization use : MEA acid pressure - need of reclaimer degradation degradation into stability

low solvent pubicly

cost
(no

available

licensing

fees)

corrosion

products by oxygen

by sulfur (Direct

components contact witl. I

such as COS, CS2 for the solvent mercaptans high vaporisation solution H2S and CO2 losses the circulating between air must be avoided) for removing requirements to purify for absorption

- general

can be utilized gases without up to 100 PSIA 250 X106 SCFD.

for gases containing COS, CS2, mercaptans maximum currently

from

60 ppm to 1 acid .. for

a 1

15 % volume gas partial

and with capacity

MEA unit is around 3.1.2. DEA PROCESS The second the MEA
most

I widely
used gas treating

process

with

a tendancy

to replace I

process and some improved very similar

processes

exist, reclaimer.

Flow diagram

to MEA process without

le NO 12.11

SwEETEN1 zPFPTf!k Date 1 cAs :2,~; pag

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL Hevtston : 0 I t 1 i a) Advantages no degradation a significant is absorbed a good chemical publicly available stability of hydrocarbons - no need for a reclaimer - reduced losses vaporisation a very low absorption by COS and CS2 (hydrolysed amount of the light mercaptanr into CO2/H2S) present on the feed gar 1 j b) Disadvantages lower reactivity compared system degradation requirements for absorption between H2S and CO2 to MEA and thus higher by oxygen circulation rater

3 ac

ally a

for the conventional an irreversible higher utilities no selectivity of utilization process

(Not applicable of the solvent

to SNEA-DEA

process)

c) Fields 7ents witl. I I

The DEA

is used to treat

gases containing

H2S, CO2 and alsc

COS, CS2, RSH (up to a total H2S treated content of the treated

acid gas confent gas lower as to 100 ppm ratio than

of 20 % volume) the normal specificatior content of the of the

requirements

(4 ppm volume) on the CO2/H2S

can be acheived.

The CO2

gas can be as low

volume.

Performance

process depends d) Imoroved

in the feed gas.

processes flow (see figure 2) high acid gas conrent (above 25 % mole), DEA

1. Split

n to I acid .. 0-l

For sour gases with

flow rate can be reduced. Investment cost increases (more equipment, conlplex columns, increased regenerator 2. SNEA - DE.4 orocess

significantly height).

I lace I

SNEA

company

has developed

a process

using

a higher

concentratior

of DEA (above 30 % weight). The process most stringent licenser claim to give in one step, a treated for gases containing gas matching the

0 to 35 % of H2S and 0 to 35 % of CO2, H2S specification

(4 ppm by volume).

TOTAL
TEPIDPiEXPISJ R

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

1
I
TE 12.13 ;

GASSWCETENINC

Date

: Z/81

3.1.3.DICLYCOLA~IINE The DEA. Although refered to compare a) Advantages low solution in rhe KO as the with DGX process

(DGA) has

PRXESS a limited

(FLUOR number of

ECOSri.ilISE) I units comepared

wlfh

LIE?,

an I

public FLUOR .11E.\

domaine,

the

process process

was

developed advantages

by FLUOR and

and

EC\3NA&IINE are :

disadvantage:

circulation as MEA) consumption

rate

due

to the

concentration

(same

abs

tio

capacity b) low utilities

Disadvantages needs high high cooling solubility solvent of rhe solutron hydrocarbons during and the absorption are pnase dissolved

aromatics

cost.

cl

Criteria Like required. 1.5 to operating 30

of selectron &MEA, The DCA reacts both is applicable and above C02/H2S 15 PSIC. with CO2 to gases ratios and with between CS2 acid and gas 300/l a reclaimer content and 0.1/l from at I is I

process

5% volume pressures

3.1.4.DlPA This

PROCESS process has been developed selective by SHELL absorption under the ADIP trademark of Co2. I ,. name. I

It is characterized 3.1.5.MDEA As with PROCESS DIPA, IDEA

by the

of H2 in presence

is characterized

by its

selectivity

for

Hz5

in presence

of co2. 6 !VDEA processes SNEA UNION (D)

are

proposed

by process

licensers

i I

CARBIDE:

UCARSOL

e No

I) TOTAL 1

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL I

Revision

: PageNo: I

Date 12.13
T

: 2185

12.14

3.1.6.HOT

POTASSIUM

CARBONATE to each

PROCESS process

(see figure
.

3)
to increase the

An activator
4 an

specific of the solution (amine (amine

licenser

reactivity L BENFIELD
i

is added t

and other and other

activators) activators) (arsenic and others is that activators) the

absorber and the

and

- CATACARB I

Irage!

- CIAMMARCO-VETROCOKE The main characteristic operate of

the

process

tio

I t. ! I I

regenerator a) Advantages -

at the same temperature

(1 IO/l lSC)

no degradation good-chemical no reaction low hydrocarbon

by COS and CS2 which are hydrolysed stability with air absorption - no need for a reclaimer - low heat requirements - selective CO2 absorption (ClAMMARCO) (isothermal)

b) Disadvantages

er is fron 1 at

licensing

fees required with H2S

- high water - no mercaptan

content

of treated

gas

low reactivity of utilization mainly

absorption

c) Fields 1:

Applicable ame. I makes

on gas with to achieve

high

CO2

content.

Low H2S absorptior

it difficult

specification will be used / K2CO3) amine can

of 4 ppm volume.

Generally ..I encc ( This K2CO3 dual

a two stage process for CO2 removal system (amine

for H2S removal be in some instances more

attractive 3.1.7.CONSTRUCTION Carbon Regenerator cost1 1, copper steel

cost wise than an amine MATERIALS generally but still utilized subject

process.

in steel

the cladding

chemical Monel

absorption Reboiler is an alternative

units tube: b;

can have a strainless alloys

and trays.

can be stainless,

to corrosion.

shall be avoided.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

page NO : 12.15

CASSWEETENINC;
Dare : 2/85

Generally corrosive. When following intern&, 3.2. PHYSICAL In this type contact High the

solutions

treating

gas with

high

CO2/H2S t

ratlo

~111 be more I,I

CO2IH2.S equipment regenerator

ratio :

is high, amine/amine

stainless tubes.

steel

will

be preferred expansion

for

the ,: value im

exchanger

tubes,

trays and reboiler

ABSORPTION of process, them the solvent by simple extracts expansion favour the acid components at low pressure. the physical solvents. absorption. processes Table 2 lists by simple physical

I ; I.

and releases pressure

and low temperature

the ,

advantages especially Nor suitable large amount

and disadvantages

of physical

These

are applicable I ,

in the case of high acid gas partial for sweetening at low or medium

pressure: (above pressure

5 bars also).

(10 bars abs) gases containing for a selective absorption.

of heavy hydrocarbons. are :

Can be considered

The main 3.2.1.

processes WATER

WASH treatment. For absorbers water wash can be realized 1

Can be used as prrmary by addition Because a large considered 3.2.2. SELEXOL of trays

in the top section. water Corrosion wash should prcblems be used mainly for this
on gases a IAitc,

of its low efficiency, amount carefully. PROCESS (see figure of H2S.

process

should

be I I

4) PROCESS can be applied to gase:

I I

developed

by NORTON

CHEMICAL

with large acid gas content. has been applied for sweetemng ranging of gases conraining from up to 65 % of CO;

and 9 % of H2S at pressure treated gas specification

25 to 100 bars abs. and 1 ppm H2S.

Wher

can reach

0,02 % CO2

used to absorb selectively other sulfur compounds

H2S or CO2 it can also dehydrate. (COS, mercaptans) are also eliminated.

rTOTAL 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEERlNG

DESlGN

MANUAL

Revision

LASSWEETENING
Date

:2/M

12-16

norf

3.2.3.

FLUOR

SOLVENT by FLUOR, intended residual solubility propylene carbonate

. is used as the solvenr gas containing

in treated

- developed - primarly volume I ical - CO2

for the removal CO2 content is higher around than

of CO2 from 1 % volume obtained

up to 50 %

gas. or potassium

that

with

MEA

carbonate. I - can be used to treat a finishing gas containing douwstream H2S and CO2. H2S content would

require the , :ble

I

treatment

to obtain

6 ppm of H2S. COS and

mercaptans ; 3.2.4. - requires PURISOL - proposed

also absorbed. an extensive use frotating equipment.

PROCESS by LURCI uses n-methyl-2-pyr-rolidone of H2S is higher as solvent as a selective

.ing I

- as the solubility I 3.2.5. :ed i - developed High be gas (cooling i I I I 3.2.6. - major equipped injection. ESTASOLVAN Developed process stringent, 3.3. PHYSIC0 3.3.1. for process to remove RECTISOL PROCESS

than CO2 can be considered ratio.

H2S even in case of low H2S/C02

by LURGI,

uses a refrigerated primarly refrigerant cycle

solution

of methanol

as solvent.

selectivity

for C02,

used on synthesis

gas or on precooled

by an external

for example). in a plant and already methanol

disadvantage with

of the process, refrigeration cycles,

when not integrated needs refrigeration

by F. UHDE additional

CMBH

uses tri-n-butylphosphate If CO2 specifications will be required.

as solvent. on the treated

Selective gas are

H2S extraction.

unit downstream PROCESSES

- CHE.MICAL SULFINOL

- this process has been developed - ir. loIves a physical (DIPA alkanolaminel

by SHELL and a chemically reactive agent

solvent (sulfolane) in aqueous solution.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No . 12.17 TEPf

GAS SWEETENINC
Date

:2/85

Suifolane extractron performances operating process (COSL occurs to amine 3.4.

permits for conditions also permits As for (mainly

deep absorption selective extraction

of CO2 and H2.S. Amine solvent during regenerarion t H2S absorption and other of rhe treated tendency

facillrares depencs compound:

rht or

of the acid gases from

and non selective of mercaprans absdrption

1i 1 / ; *
i

sulfur

physical aromatics). freezes

absorption,

heavy

hydrocarbon: gas. Comparea

Does not dehydrate at about -2C.

processes, solution

SULFINOL

shows a low foaming

SULFINOL

SOLID 3.4.1.

BED PROCESS MOLECULAR not widely absorption finishing good

and butane

SIEVES used for gas sweerening treatment to remove mercaptanf for LPC as in molecular treatment

can be used as a finishing

sieves is parricularly well adapted to obtan the sulfur content specifications

for H2S low

of propane remove water I 5. R

absorption

capacity

for

C02.

They

preferentially sieve life SPONGE is reduced PROCESS as absorption process or as a conversion process I oxide has to product be regenerated occurs with air. or replaced. I for gases with high CO2 and H2S content

3.4.2.

IRON -

could mainly

be also classified applied

(H2S is converted discontinuous Spontaneous

to sulfur) to gas with low H2S content iron

process, combustion

of the fouled

4. CRITERIA
there studied final

FOR SELECTION
is no multipurpose accordir3gly selection is done

OF ABSORPTION PROCESSES
process for gas sweetening, each case is specific criterial from short list and shall be

I on the basis of economical to satisfy the treated of processes I

which seem appropriate

gas specifications

re No -

TOTAL
lEP/DP/EXP/SUR

1
GAS SWEETENING
Date

0 I

h2.17

: 218s

12.18

chemical influence ias or ound: .rbon: parea 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. physical pressure chemical selection processes

processes processes with high processes criteria

are characterized performances acid listed gas partial herebelow are

by their more pressure, can

ability

to absorb acid gases with a low for regeneration At than high for is berter on gas pressure.

of the gas pressure.

They require

a large heat quantity dependant the absorpyion for

be used

preselection

of sweetening

but shall not be considered

as definitive. 5) 6)

CO2 ABSORPTION SIMULTANEOUS H2S ABSORPTION This is not a frequent

(NO H2S IN THE GAS) (see figure ABSORPTION

OF CO2 AND H2S (see figure 7)

(NO CO2 IN THE GAS) (see figure situation with natural (H2S AND gases.

G as

4.4.

H2S SELECTIVE Physical soivents

ABSORPTION ark particularly processes,

CO2 IN THE GAS) (see figure in this case. and DIPA seem

8)

Ipane well adapted only MDEA dater Among I / service. 5. REFERENCES

AND USEFUL LITERATURE

the chemical

to be adapted

for this

I xess I Iced.

(1)

Natural

gas production D.L. KATZ, and

transmission L.S. REID, processing edited

and processing C.H. HINTON 4) gas and liquid

sweetening

F.W. COLE, (2) Gas

conditioning N. MADDOX

(volume

by

ROBERT I II be I fsses I

by JOHN

M. CAMPBELL.

TOTAL (
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS

ENGlNEEd;NG Ca.s SWEETENING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

: 0

Date

: 2/9sJ

UEA FLOW

PROCESS OIAGRAU

SWEETGAS A

51 r-=I. r- 0

STILL.

= 20

L..P. _
0. 0I
/

REFLux

PUMP

..-

= 20 -7

I
FLASH TAN*

El

i h
L RICH MEA/ LEAN EXCMAnGEA

05(
STEAM El

)
YEA STILL PEBOILER

? No TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Datk : 2/85

12.2c-l

SOlJR cG--

SPLIT .~MINE

STREAM PROCESS

I,

PROCESS ENGINEERING
? t TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DESIGN MANUAL

. ) r;rnz .

a8j

beNo:

iJ

13,

UTILITIES

TOTBb:

i PROCESS ENGINEERING

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

page No : 13.1

UTILITIES
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR Date

: 2/85

1. APPLICABILITY For both feasibility estimate of utility and pre-project requirements studies the engineer will be required rgquired. : to make ar

both in consumptions

and equipment utilities

This section details a few guidelines

and notes on the following

WATER TREAT,vlENT UTILITY liND INSTRUbIENT t\lR INERT GAS GENERATORS WATER SYSTE.LlS FUELS 2. WATER TREATMENT The following details : the common used effluent water treatment equipment given in order

of effluent API gravity . Usually

quality settler the first

line of clean up. Simply

a settling

tank with a top skimmer

to remove

any floating .
.

oil or debris and a bottom

skimmer to remove sludge.

Effluent

quality

around 150 microns globules and 150 ppm oil. Either circular or rectangular in design. , (CPI) ,

Large bulky items, cannot be used offshore. Simple, cheap very common in onshore use. (TPS), Corrugated

Tilted Plate Separator . .

Plate Interceptor

Widely used both offshore and onshore. Uses plate packs, usually at 4s mounted oil + water within in a tank and relies on gravity
settling

between,

the spaces between the plates. down to 60 micron oil globules and 50-200 ppm. if upstream settling tank is not installed. I ! 8

Effluent

quality

. .

Can have problems with hrgh solids content TPS units are u;ually units air flotation settler used as the first

treatment

stage offshore.

Flotation .

Uses induced or dissolved

to remove any residual solids/oil

in the effluent. to top of 1

Works in reverse to a gravity ank).

(small air bubbles trap debris and float

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG UTILITIES TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DESIGN MANUAL I

Revision

0 I

Page No : 13.2

Date

?/85

. .

Effluent

quality

better than 40 ppm. Vendors usually guarantee and onshore. Usually installed

< 30 ppm. of a TPS unit or

Can be used both offshore API separator.

downstream f

Filtration .

(Use for Water injection units either

systems only) beds (sand, anthracite, garnet, walnut shells) to

Filtration

uses media or filters for

achieve water quality . Usually content . not required

(fibre socks, mesh, stainless steel cage). water standards. re-injection where high quality, low solids level is treatment unless very low residual solids

effluent

enforced

by local effluent used for water

IMore commonly required.

Can achieve l-2 ppm in certain

beds, IO-15 ppm is more common.

. .

Units are generally Good pre-filtration standards

compact but heavy due to media bed weight. is required to prevent fouling up of main bed units.

Effluent

Listed below are maximum

residual oil content

in effluent 40 iv-n

water for dumping to sea :

NORTH SEA INDONESIA CHINA LOCAL ESTUARY (river) + MIDDLE EAST

30 wm
20 wm

5 ppm (European standard) 1) If the amount of dissolved gas is

Process drains, produced water, deck (site) drains (see figure . Produced water may need degassing before treatment. small it may be possible to handle it in the TPS unit. . Deck or site drains normally TPS unit. . Process drains are normally manually initiated

flow to a separate sump tank before de-oiling.

If the deck

dralnage is small or produced water flow is small can combine both streams through one

and pass directly

to the return

oil stop

tank. These drains are generally . Always oil-water try to use gravity separation

water free. Pumping can cause emulsions and make fast flowing lines and turbulent pipe

feed between units. Similarly avoid

harder.

arrangements.

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR 3. UTILITY Compressed utility . . .

&ES

ENGINEERING

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision : Date

Page NO 13.3

UTILITIES : 2185

AND INSTRUMENT

AIR (see-figure

2) control, turbine and engine start-up t an

air is used on plants

for instrumenr

services eg : pneumatic start-up

tools, cleaning,

etc. :

For turbine/engine

17-25 bar supply will be required. air, compressor discharge around 9 bar is adequate.

For general instrument Consumption (instrument generally

and utility

: use 0.6 scfm (0.017 m3/min) air) 0.8 scfm (0.022 m3/min) capacity for design.

for each air pilot (= valve) for valve positioner

1 m3/h per valve unit will do as first estimate.

Add 25% to compressor . Utility air : consumption

is intermittent

and difficult

to estimate for initial

at early project stageestimate.

Add 75-100 scfm (130-170 m3/h) to compressor .

.

capacity

All plants should have 100% instrument Utility and instrument

air standby capacity. from same compressor or separate one!

air can be supplied requirement.

depending on capacity . Instrument temperature

air must be dried before use. Dew point of air is dependant on minimum in location of unit. Generally

air

dessicant bed driers are used giving dew point

as low as -60C. . Size air receivers during this period. . . For long air transmission An estimate of compressor headers in cold climates intermediate KO puts may be required. to give lo- 15 minutes of instrument air assuming the compressor gee

down. Pressure in the instrument

air receiver

should not fall below 80 psig (5.5 bar g)

and dryer weights and power are given in figure 3.

4. INERT GAS GENERATdRS Inert gas is required

(N2, CO21 plants for purging and inerting of equipment. in use are : For small*

in all

requirements

N2 bottles can be used in racks, this however is not feasible for large units ant must be supplied. The main types of generator . - cryogenic distillation of air on sieve - oxygen absorbtion - gas combustion -

so gas generators

For purging purposes estimate 11 be purged in one hour.

capacity

based on 3 times the volume of the largest vesse i I

TEp/DP/EXP/SUR

UTILITIES

Date

: 2/85

13.4

Cryogenic

distillation

is used only

for large

volume

plants. Not used offshore. . Gas combustion produces a N2, CO2 mixture for inerting

requirements, .

specifically

LNC

much these days except for onshore large volumes. . Pressure swing absorbtion mounted existing production . units plant air is the must common supplied for with supply. Air

and purging purposes. Not used c for N2 generation. compressor, is 4-5 times inert Skid gas

used method air consumption

are sometimes compressor

dedicated

or can use

rate, residual 02 in gas is l-2%-3%.

Details and weights of common units are given in figures 4 and 5.

5. WATER SYSTEMS Seawater Used for cooling sanitation Seawater seawater purposes both onshore and offshore. Can also be used as wash water,

water and feed to potable water units. is also used for fire cooling circuit water systems but is usually a separate connected to the fire water system. The

is normally

ring for emergency

supply only. Always coarse filter the seawater before circulating to the plant. This removes any

debris or marine life. Treat with chlorine at l-2 ppm concentration - maintain a residual Cl level in the

water exit at 0.3-0.5 ppm. Seawater exit temperatures to outfall canals or drain caissons should not be above 4OC

to prevent corrosion. Once through exchangers. prohibitive

25%

water

systems

are preferred

for

small

cooling

duties

with only proofing

3-4

For large duties and number of units where the cost of corrosion consider using a closed loop cooling medium system.

is

Common

used is

TEG in water. medium/seawater exchangers consider using titanium or similar weight plate

For cooling exchangers. requirements.

These are especially

ideal- offshore

due to reduced

and space

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING UTILITIES

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision : Date

Potable water Depending on location of plant potable water can be made in sit% or supplied by tanker

for srorage, or taken direct For onshore Problem with plants

from a mains supply. method of water supply is evaporative TDS (Total distillation. Dissolved

most common

these units is size and weight

are high and residual

Solids) is 5-10 ppm. This results is a bland Increasingly maintenance Organization

distilled

water which is not pleasant to drink.

and need less

popular now are Reverse Osmosis units (RO) which are lighter than evaporative drinking units. water distillation. Water quality TDS for is 500-1000) operating costs

is 400-500 TDS (World

Health is

of RO un

1.5 times that of evaporative Power consumptions

: for a 100 gph (0.38 m3/h) unit. Distillation unit unit (EO) 3.5 kw kw kw
and easy to
I

Evaporative

Reverse Osmosis Vapor Compression . Most common operate. . unit offshore

NO) . 5 (VC) 15

at present is the VC unit which is very reliable susceptible to corrosion.

Unit operates at IOOC and is more new, operate

RO units are relatively parts for servicing.

at ambient

temperature

and has few mechanical

.l

Average membrane life is 3 years. on 50-60 gallons per day per man (0.2 rn3). units

Consumption Storage

: estimate

: allow IO- I5 days for offshore

10 days for onshore remote areas . Potable water can be dosed with hypochlorite at 0.4-0.5 ppm to inhibit bacterial growth.

Waste water and sewage

I

Before discharging

to river,

sea, or underground prevalant (Biological

sewage + waste water

must

be treated

to meet local health regulations

.

to the area of siting. Oxygen Demand), COD (Chemical

Oxygen

Limits

are

imposed

on BOD

Demand), coliform Example limits

bacteria

count and TDS. < 200 per 100 ml < 150 ppm < 100 mg/l > 0.5 mg/l < 1.0 mg/l I I !

are :

bacteria TDS BOD CI- residual

TOTAL
-5 -TEP/DP/EXP/SUR . Sewage sewage. . tker Ion. ved <. Diesel ess Jth is I . . Used for
AUOW

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

UTILITIES

Revision

Page No :

Date

Z/85

13.6

is treated

by physical

artrition,

airation

and

chlorine

dosing

to 30-40

ppm

rav,

Provide

15-29 30-50

hr retention gall/day limit per for

time person

for

enzymic (0.15 m3)

action for

to reduce sewage,

BOD. laundry ano kitchen

show%r,

wastes.

Use upper

hot unsociable

climates.

6. FUELS

emergency fuel for

generators, turbines. provide

Pumps

motors

and

air

compressors,

cranes,

and

alternative For emergency

equipment

individual

day

tanks

sized

on providing

fuel

for

24 hr

operation. I . [Main diesel tank (for feed to day tanks) supply should periods. Can be centrifuged offshore poor supply to remove where quality residual longer can water storage lead to hold IO-12 days supply. This is dependant

on location I . to I Diesel and times, operation xl I . For should smaller

of plant

and normal to This debris,

be filtered particles. boat

5 &iicrons.

is especially seawater

recommended contact and

supply

problems. use platform atmospheric legs venting tanks space for with offshore vacuum-PSV storage. vent. Use crane

storage

I/
Gas .

pedestrals,

or inter-deck

Fuel Always

gas is supplied pass FG

as normal through turbine rely

fuel

to generators, before will

turbines use. state separate dew point. Filter

and any gas

gas driven supply to

motors. turbines include of gas to

7. 1,

a scrubber manufacturer on this at least

10 microns his own

(generally

quality

required

and may anyway. temperature

filters) FG

- do not temperature

and provide 15C above

treatment Minimum

ed I

it\aintain IO be 5C.

en I . . Common Size margin. . FG used gas straight for flare off purge scrubber and pilots, overheads. etc., does not need to be filtered to 10 microns - use fuel supply gas pressures supply on are 15-20 bar (some design jet duty engines of all need users 35 bar). operating. Allow + 10%

maximum

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
UTILITIES

DESIGN MANUAL

recess IF

water

and deck

diain

water

treatment

1 Compressed r

Air System

lge NC

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL.

UTILITIES I
f ICURE POWER 3 FOR

Revision :

Date

: 2/85

Page No :

13.8

EST,MATE

OF WEIGHT

AND

INSTRUMENT

A4R

UNITS

1600 3

.:.-.

:-

::.

-.

J:.-.:;

_:..

..:-.._- ., .:l

; y.;

: 1 ..z

2:. /:. r

.. :
-. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-;;~~~

_ ,2;--::, II.-...= yzI-=:.= .=;;.ry:T.=.:-..---;. -5

, ,.

-.

z;zi:---;

..

- ._.Y= ,. -r; :.~. .,: i I.-.. -i_--, : ; -& .!

.. i

I -i

;:..

.-:

.:..

.: . ..;.;&zzc=tr::...;: I .ij.l:. ~~--~, ::, :.. ..---.-..:.-. .--.. -. :

:ci;ci.:;i<jf: : .i 1.. 1 :y& ::

;=;-:.:..E:. z-.-::-+yr:.-:....~:::;:::L::~-.~:.:~

. . ..m------.---. ..-....-.-..---.. .-.--::: -_.. ..__...-.

. _ . ...-... -_.-.. . ~-::,-::r:--:li.-;i:.~::.

-0 200 300 do0 CAPACITY so0 Nm3/h (0C 600 + 1 bwrl 700 600, 900 1000

Layout plan

0, lcsidurl in ptodoct

wnltnl

Technical data
Small plank Rudy.fotoptnlion plant8 in one unil Fully fwdoo. md pctformmu.lcslrd. No ituullttioo vott No wditq watt tcquitrd. Mu 0,Y mnmnl ~yu~uc ptyc j;S bu * catuumplion -I IS 9

Type dtsiwlioo ---DwNl@

ill produL-4

pnyy
,

.pptorLW

_-_-----~J;$o$FI qunur)

qqfh_---.

i 1

I: 10

6 bar ptcstutr PtJvct WtUUlllpllO ,pptol. LW ---. . . . ..- -II.5 II

---

.--_..

DWN SO
DHN c Ptocz,s ptcctutr bat DHN 110 W

OS : 0 ~-----G
: 05 I

ii _._-__ II

----_-._ 14 .-. :: __ .- _-I9 .. IfI

--.. 41 4k 70 71 lb . ..__. --

.-_- ---.--_-. -. _ . _. _-

SO-.
E K

1: . lo II
:i -_______ 2

:; . __ ho

8% II) ____.__ II0 WI

. . ..-.._____.

_.-

3 0, residual wolcol
la ptodltd Laqc plants: Rudyktaprntion ,.tinlmd ilUUJllOO

II0
plmu WOtt ;,,;uo$td qurnlity from

w
fuoclion.tzsttd

UO
unik

---.-

.-.._

---.---

TYQc
drriyvtiun ---

Mu 0,Y
COlCl, in ptoducl ~A!!2 05

ptrrw~;S

bat

t;;u$c~ quanut, Y.!z! --

ptcs;u&,brt wntump~wn ql,Wh IW ---..-.. I70 IW

consumption rppro.. LW I:!

Caol~ VIICI lh N, ptodua ptc,tutx 4 S bat b bar ...---. - _-. ii II

DHN 400

I I
05 : 0% :

:z NO 410
$10 610 910 Ill0 Ill0

111 III
E 190 410 .

Ct Sal --ii II0 -- ----.... IKKJ 1440

---

loo

I: IS . . . ---------A-

11
:I ;: ml II -. ..-._ - .--.-.-.510 510 :: 610 (I 41
_

DWN

700

ii :: 11
I

DHH

1600

450

lwl

_.._-._.

.-.-..

_ __.__

-.

.-_

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

PROCESS kNWNkkHlNG *-- .r

DESIGN

MANUAL

Hcvtsron :

Page No :

Date

: 2185

.
P

i.

..

15,

DATA

TO?AL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL -: ..DATA SECTION

Date

2 3-9 10 II-14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2s 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Figs. 1-3 4 5 .6 7 8 10 II 12 13

General data Conversion tables PSEUDO CRITICALS AND OIL PROPERTIES t

Physical properties of hydrocarbons Compressibility factors of natural gas Pseudo critical pressure VS. MW Critical constants for gases and fluids Critical temperature VS. normal boiling point Characterised boiling points of petroleum Fractions Molecular mass, BP, and densities of fractions DENSITY Relative Relative density density of petroleum of petroleum fractions fractions VS T

VS MABP

VISCOSITY Viscosities of hydrocarbon Viscosities of hydrocarbon ASTM viscosity chart

gases liquids .; : products and oil

VAPOUR PRESSURES Low temperature vapour pressures ,High temperature vapour pressures True vapour pressures of petroleum Hydrate formation pressures

SPECIFIC HEATS Specific heats of hydrocarbon vapours at 1 ATM . Heat capacity correction factorsSpecific heat capacity ratios at I ATlM Specific heat capacity of hydrocarbon liquids THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY Thermal conductivity of natural gases Thermal conductivity ratio for gases Thermal conductivity of hydrocarbon liquids LATENT HEATS OF VAPOURISATlON Latent heats of various liquids Latent heats of hydrocarbons Heat of combusion of liquid petroleum

36 37 38 39
40 41

fractions

42 43 44 45
46 47

48

SURFACE TENSIONS - MISCELLANEOUS Surface tensions of hydrocarbons Dew points of natural gases Solubility of natural gas in water and brine Solubility of methane in water Solubility of natural gas in water i Solubility of water in hydrocarbons Temperature drops for expanding gas Temperature drops for expanding gas Physical properties of gas trearing chemicals Physical properties of water Physical properties of air

L .

-iUIAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

~HuL;~S~ tNUlNttHlNG

DESiGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date

15- lo

-I

:i
P

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

The relation of Degrees Baumb or h.P.1. to Specific Grawry IJ expressed by the following formulas:
For liguds

lighter than water:

Degrees Baumk = -!$- - 130. G=

140

130 + Degrees Baumi

- 131.5.

Degrees A.P.I. = y
C= For lrqolds heavier than

141.5 131.5 + Degrees A.P.I. water:

Degrees Eauma = 145 - F.

C=

145

C = F = K= R =

519 (F - 32) 9/S (C) + 32 C + 273.15 = S/9 R F + 459.67 - 1.8 K

l d Multipliarfm
symtd a Fsctm

145 - Degrees BaumC

SI Rcftxa
IO JO IV IP Rda terr Pm %?

G = Specific Gravity = ratio of the weight of a given volume of oil at 60 Fahrenheit to the weight of the same volume of water et 60 Fahrenheir To determine the resulting ferent gravltla: D= gravity by mixing oils of dif-

M
k

mdt + ndz mtn Gravity of oil of of oil of denrity density of mixture dl density dz denrity of m oil of n oil

D = Density or Spktic m = Volume proportion n = Volume proponion dt = Specific Gravity or Q = Specific Gravity or
USEFUL NON

10 IO IO10-a IO- IF IO- lo- lo- lo-*

hato dea dai centi milli miau ran0

ZiO ItlO

h dr d
C

MASSE

:.
I
8. . mmc qnmmc

al u 0 ; I

1 ne mCtnqu

I I

Accduaum

of grrviry

= 9.61 mfr2 32.17 tr/d

nton

IUJ

001bm) -I-g Ion IL f3 40 Ibm)

roTAL

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SECTION

DESiGN MANUAL

Revision

P8g8

No :

Date

: 2/85

15 -

MASS
son (short1 I I 1 ton
wm9l

.OOO CXX EMI3

1,000

000

E-03

2.2O4

622

E+OO

3.527

397

E to1

~ .102311

E-03

9.842064

E-O4

l.OOO

OOO E-06

2.204

622

E -03

3.527

397

E -02

.102311

E-O6

9.842064

E-07

1 ocx3000E+03

.OOOOOOE+06

2.204

622

E ~33

3.527

397

E+O4

I.102311

EMO

9.842064

E-01

I.535

924

E +Q2

4.5?5

924

E -04

1.600

000

E +Ol

5.000

OMJ E -04

4.464

286

E-Or

2.834

952

E-02

2.834

952

E +Ol I

2.834

952

E-M

6.2SO

00

E -02

3.12SOOOE-05

2.790

178E-O!

n ton

IUS.) 9.071 &(7

00 lbml '"'q Ion It .8.)

40 --I-Ibml

E+oI

3.071

847E+OS

9.071

647E-01

2.OOOOOUEfo3

3.200OOOE+04

a.928

570

E -0

l.O16Op7E+O3

l.o16047E+06

l.O16047E+OO

2.240OOOE+O3

3,584C0OE+O4

l.ImmoE+oo

4 : . r

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP!SUR L

PROCESS

ENGINEERING :

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

DATA SECXON

Date

: 2/85

15 -

o4RE.4

CCnllmttRorrC art
Icn

1.000000E-04

I I
!

'.ooooooi-06

2.471 054 i-08

.55ow3E-01

076391

E-03

.ooo000E+o2
4.046856E+03

l.OOooOOEG

i
I
4.046856E+Ol

!
/ 2.4 71 on 1 E -02 1.550003E-05 6,272639E+05

!
I .o76 4.3% 3g E03

4.~60%E+o7

000 E foe 1 I

cqurrt

tnch

6.451

600 E -04

6.4511 600 EM0

6.451

600

EG

1.5%

22s E -07

6.944

444 E -03

rlprrt

toor

9.290

304 E -02

9.290

304 E co2

9.290

304 E-w

2.2%6&o

E-05

I.440

oca E+O2

-1

LENGTH t
LONGIJEUR

e 0 - .tn :I
3.937OO8E+ol A

m I

cm

u
l.OWoOOE+06

fC111
3.280840E+00

mtlt !I
6.213712Eeo4;

nr1rt

l.M)OOOOE+10

tnllmttre

1.omocaE-02

.O@JO@JEW

.OOOOOOEW8

3.937008E-O

3.28084OE-02

6.213

II L in c LL
I-

.Imeron I
~cptrom
Ich (pow)

1.0000ooE-06

l.OOOOOOE-O*

l.oOooOoE+04

3.937oOSE-05

3.280840E-06

,
l.OOOWOE-or 1 3.937008E-09 3.280&40E-10

6.213712E-10

.000000E-IO

I.OOOOOOE-08

6.213

712E-14 I
M

2.YOOOO

E-02

2.54OOOQ

E+Oo

2540000E+CM

t.SoOOOOE+o0

8.33J

333 E-02

1.578 283 E-05 .I

-

fCJOC (pttd)

3B48000E-01

3,O480OOE+01

3.048OOOE+oS

3,0a8OOOE+o9

1.200OoOEWl

1.893 939 E-04

kil0g -

ldt (U.S. SCJ~IJC~) 1.609344

EM3

1,609

344 E+oS

1.609344

Ei09

1.609344

E+13

6.336OOoEW4

5.28ooOO

E+03

I
pm

VELOCITY

pour P PO1 -

. -

I-----TEP.DP/EXP/SUR

TOTAL

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

DATA SZCTION

.
Date _.
: 2/85 ilSIS *

Revision : 0

-I

VOLUMETRIC
-I

FLOW

mlmn

wm

tl/h

Bblld

1.104

on

E-01

DENSITY
MaSSE VOLUMlaUE

m kg

hdm

dcm

Ibh

Iid

mund

wr wb~c fco1

1.601 646 EW1

1.601 &(6 E-02

II
1.19B X4 EM2
1.1s aj4

5.787

037 E-04

1.336 806 E-01

E-01

4.329

0011 E-03

7.460~19E+CG

I I

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

-yzr-jq;
PROCESS ENGINEERING PRESSiRE .

DESlGN MANUAL

.i

TOTAL

I
PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL .y - TE?/DP/EXP/SUR
DATA SECTION

I
Revision : 0
Date

1 Page No :

: 2/85

VISCOSITY

(Kinematic)
.

jCOSlTE

CINEh4ATIOUEI ml, CSI 11=.1,

tr:/ll L

DIFFUSIVITE ml= 6 I

l.ooooooEc06

1.076

391

E+Ol

3.a75co8 E 44
3.875 I ma E -32

rntinok#r

1.OGoOooE-06 I

1 I

1.076

391

E-05

,uarr foot prr vcond

,C-01

9.290304

E-02

9.290

300

E +cM

3.600

OW

E 43 -

uare fool per hour

I-01

2.580

640

E -05

2.560

640

E +Ol

2.777

778

E -04

hph BI.T. -T-

.365666t-0,

1,556565t-0

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGlNEERtNG
DATA SECTION

DESIGN

MANUAL

Date

: 2/85

15 - 8

i w

SPECIFIC

HEAT

CAPACITY

!
THERhlAL CONDUCTIVITY

Brtrnh ptr de1

HEAT

TRANSFER

COEFFICIENT

Tom& 1
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGlNEERlNG
DATA SZCTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

Date

: 2/8S

15 -

HEAT CAPACITY/ENTROPY
ENrROPlEl CAPACITE THERMIQUE

I
J/K l&d/K . I i

BCd- F

m:

cy.,

-z

K-l

it I .i.lW WOE+03
5.861422 EMI 2.390 051 E-W

i
I I

1.706

071

E-03

1 j
I
l.ao

7.138

2ooi-00

913 E-01

I t I I I I I . I I ! I
*,mr ,w.u .,,
I.

,.

POWER/HEATFLOWRATE
t of rrfriq.

15,665,fO

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

. .

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

..-

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

DATA SECTION

Date

: 2/8S

Page No :

'5 -I()

TEP -

PSEUDO-CRITICALS

AND OIL PROPERTIES

h

1 Mer

True

vapour

prwure of the fluid.

pressure

: - actual

vapour

pressure

of a crude

oil

at the actual

temperature Reid
vapour

2 3 A 5

E:n Pro n-9 Irot

7 c

reference

vapour

pressure

of an oil ..

af a controlled

temperature
Molal
average

of 100 F (used as a basis for product specification). boiling point : - equal boiling to the sum of the mole fracrion of each

J 11 12 13 10 15 16 17
18

~J=I lsoc kc .1-H 24.4 3.4 Net 2.3. n-n 2M 344 3-51 22. 2.4. 33. Tnc no Our
Isoc

component x its atmospheric Volume average

boiiing

point R, temperature

19 20 21

point

: VABP : - average -

af which the ASTM

22 23
24

10 %, 30 %, 50 %, 70 % and 90 % volumes boil.

VABP = TIO % + T30 % + T50 % + T70 % + T90 % 5

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 y

n-N, n.Dr Crc Mer Cvc Mer Erht Proc 1-h err-; .-an mb

Mean

average

kding

point

: MABP : - the slope of the ASTIM distillation

curve is used

ro correct

the VABP to give MABP. See Fig. 7

boiling point : CABP : - another

Cubic average

corrected

form of VABP.

UOP K or WATSON CHARACTEFUSAIION K = CABP %

.

FACTOR sg at 60/60 CABP in R

This issued as a characterisation various other data evaluations.

factor

when defining

crude oils. It is required

for

-.

--

TOlTib
TEP/D?/EXP/SUR

s5
PHYSICAL
1

PROCESS ENGINEERING Q.ESIGN MANUAL

Page No :

CONSTANTS
2.

OF HYOROCARBONS(27)

-I==
SreNottNo

Commund

2 3 0 5

EvtJnt Prooanc n.&Jtsnt IrocwrJnc

16.O43 30.070 ~.W? 58.124 58.124 12.151 72.151 72.151 86.170 86.178 86.178 86.118 86.178

-161.52(2E -88.58 -42.07 -0.49 -11.81 EE 9.50 68.74 60.26 63.27 49.73 57.98 98.42 90.05 91.85 93.48 79.19 80.49 86.06 80.88 125.67 103.11 9924 150.82 174.16 49.25 71.81 80.73 loo.93 -103.77m -47.72 -6.23 3.72 -!gY 2946 10.85 -4.41 36.07 -84.8@ 80.09 110.63 136.20 144.43 139.12

:5 ow.1 6000.b 1341. 377. 528. 115.66 151.3 289. 3728 50.68 :3::: 55.34 1230 1722 16.16 15.27 26.32 24.04 2093 25.40 4.143 8.417 12.96 1.40 0.473: 73.91 33.85 24.63 12.213 1596: 451.9 337.6 365.8 452.3 141.65 269. 43a. 12377 2436 7 895 2.07 2.05 253 2.65 185 1.47 36.43 17.70

-182.4?* -182EO4 -187.684 -138.36 -159.60 3368. 3361. 3199. -95.32 -153.66 -99870 -128.54 -90.582 -llE2? -118.6O -123.81 -119.24 "%3:, A -56.76 -91200 -10736 -53.49 -29.64 -93.866 -142.46 6.554 -126.59 -169.1S4 -18525d 45;:" -105.55 -140.35.--165.22 -136.19 -108.91 -145.95 -8O.ed 5.533 -94 99 1 -94975 -25.18~ 47.87 13.26 -30.61 -96.035 -97.68
-114

190.55 305.43 369.82 425.16 406 13 469.6 460.39 433.75 5074 497.45 sm.4 400.73 499.93 540.2 530.31 535.13 p,::z '519.73 536.36 531 11 568.76 599.99 543.89 594.56 617.4 511.6 532.73 553.5 572.12 282.35 3m.85 419.53 435.56 426.63 417.90 4M.78 lM4.1 425. '4&d .I ma.33 562.16 591.80 617.20 6P.33 611.05 616.23 6476 631.1 512.W 513.92 132.9213: 300 19(X 373.5 430.6 405.6 132 412) 33.2 154 71331 126.1 417 6473 5.2(321 324 -.._-_ 7 .-

o.w6 17 O.OO492 o.ocd 6.0 o.w4 33 0.004 52 0.004 21 O.ooO 24 0.004 20 0.004 29 0.03426 0.001126 o.oDa17 0.004 15 o.OO431 0.0% 20 o.OO403 o.oDp 15 0.004 15 o.ooo 17 o.ooo 13 0.003 97 o.ma 0.004 o.ma 0.004 O.ooO 0.003 0.063 0.003 0.003 O.ooO 0.004 0.004 0.004 O.tXX O.OCM o.ca IO.009 o.ooa (0.004 31 22 10 27 24 71 79 68 75 67 30 28 17 24 26 22 05) 09 061

3012. 3010. 3 124. 3127 2736. 27w. 2814. 2891. 2773. 2 137. 2945. 2954.

5061.

16 17 18 :: 21 z! 23 I: f ': it E % 33 34 F Jlj 3Q
40 41

::

loo.205 100.2O5 im.205 im.205 I 00.205 too.205 too.205 i m.205 I14232 114232 !14.232 128.259 142286 70.135 84.162 84.162 96.189 Z&O54 42.oBl 56.108 56.lO6 56.108 1PJnIJm 13&JIJolene 138UI~lJne
IsoofCM ACIWICM

2 486. - --. 2486. f Z: 2099. 4 5O2. 3 785. 4 074. 3472. 5001. 4 600. 4 023. 4 220. 4-07 (4 5O2.1 4 330. 13850.) 6139.
4896. 4 106.

Exz 54.092 22% A 26.038 78.114 92.141 106.168 106.166 106.166 106.168 104.152 lM.195 ZU.0

E:

62
43 44 45 46 47 46 t 49 I 50 I

Bcnzcrr
Tolucne Etnvlbtnrcnc o.xvlcnc m.xvh?nJ LB-Xvlcne Swmt lSOO~OOYItlCI-lltN Jlconol JkOnOl monoxmx Groan OIORKIC ~v0eqtn wlftae Sulfw at0~m Ammoma AM Hrdrcqtn O.vpen Nttr~pen Cnwlnt WJ1.r Mtlnvl ElhVl CJrWn

:z::
152:41 649 70.29 -19149 -xl.51* -60.31 -10.02 -33.33(x1 -194.2121 -252.87" - 182.962" -195.80(31 -a.03 100.00 -268.93(32 -65.00 ---.

3609. 3734. 3536. 3511. 3999. 3209. 8096. 6 383. 3 4QQ.u3)

7 382.m) 9m5. 7 894.

o.ow 34 0.00328 o.m3 43 0.033 53 0.00346 0.003 46 0.00354 0.003 54 0.00356 0.003 38 0.00357 0.0036a 0.003 6a 0.00362 0.003 62 0.003 32(331 x2(331 0.002 14133) o.OcJ2 14l33) 0.002 07
O.OrJl 0.00190 90

51
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 55 ISO 61

C~H,O :0

32.O42 46.069 28.010 44.010 34.076 64059 17031 28.9W 2.016 31.999 28.013 70.906 18.015 am3 36461

2881. 6X.8 1513. A 113J 7377

-2Q5.04 -56.574 -85.534 -75.484 --77.d

11260. 3 771.12) 1299) 5081. 3399.

7711

62
63 64 .

Utlwm
uvdmqtn cnmrtat

-.--

- .

22 118. 227.5n2I -0303. ._- .-._ -

0.001 0.003
0014 _o.w222

75 18
36(321

PROCESS ENGINEEEICS
DATA

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

SECTION

I PHYSICAL CONSTANTS

Date

: z/es

OF HYDROCARBONSl27)

I
-: -I z+= g4

oea1 ga: i442.1' 231.3 272.3 2 % 206.8 204.6 195.5' 182.1 180.5 183.5 179.4 182.6 -EC 1 706 1625 1.652 1616 1.622 1.600 1.624 TX5 I.602 1.578 1.593 1.566 1.606 1.595 1.564 1.613 1.613 1.651 1.603 1.578 Tizi 1.573 1.599 1.590 1 s95 1.133 1.258 1211 1.324 -1.514 1.480 1.483 1.366 1.528 1.547 1.519 1.446 I.426 1.492 1.659 1.014 1.085 1.169 .I.218 1.163 1.157 1.133 1.219 Tz? 1.389 t 040 0.63X 0.996( 0.606; 2.019 1005 la.20 0.916e 1000 0476C I a62 5.192 0 799

LOAl

0.3) 03581h O.SC& 05!347.0.5637" 0.6316

l3w.)' 357.P. $$' 563.2' 631.0 624.4 596. 7h 6633 657.7 6688 653.9 666.2 688.0 662.8 691.5 702.6 676.0 677.1 697.4 694.4 706.7 697.7 6s6.0 721.7 733.9 750.2 753.4 783.1 773.7

300.1' 356.6' 506.7' 583.1' 562.1' 629.9 623.3 595.6' 662.7 656.6 667.7 652.8 665.1 686.9 681.7 690.4 701.5 676.9 676.0 696.3 693.3 705.6 696.6 694.9 720.6 732.8 749.1 752.3 782.0 772.6 521.5' 6ocl.j 626.d 608.9' 599.4"

CLOSI 0.08404
0.00684h 0.099ah 0.103 t4

0 .WT?dh
0.002 0.002 llrn lQh 0.001 57 0.00162 0.W16?h O.Wl 35 O.Wlag 0.001 3s O.Wl40 o.w13!5 0.001 24 O.Wl22 O.Wl 24 0.001 26 i%E o:w1 O-Ml ii 17 24

0.0126 0.0978 0.1541 0.2015 O.lsao 0.252* 02286 0.1967 zsii 0.2704 0.2741 02333 0.2475 0.3494 0.3x3 0.3239 0.3107 02876 0.3o31 02631 0.2509 0481 0.3564 0.3o41 0.4452 a.49@ 0.1945 0.2308 0.2038 0.2364 0.0869 0.1443 0.1949 0.2033 0.2126 0.2026 0.2334 0.2s40 0.1971 0.1567 0.r893 0.2095 0.2633 0.3031 0.3113 0.3257 0.3214 0.1997 0.3260 0.5608 0.6608 On442 0.2667 0.0920 0.2546 0.2976 0/19w .-I.0200 0.0372 0.0737 0.3434 00.1232

0.998I 0.9915 0.9810

0.9m1 0.9665

0.5539 i 374
1.0382 1.5225 ;:z 0.7862 0.5362 o.afxa 0.4068

2.076
2.366(41 2.366141 w 2.317 2.231 2.205 2.170 2.148 2.146 2109 2.183 2.137 2.150 2.161 2.193 2.099 2.088 2.191 2.138 2.oa9 2.164 2.179 1.763 1.843 1.811 1.839 2.443 2.237 2.24lf 2.23a 2.296 2.241f43 2.262 2.124 2.171 : :::51.721 1.741 1.696 1.708 1.724 1.732 2.rSd 2.340 2.o806l 1.3!59(36 469X30 L 4 191 -

3807

5 IS

4 *
I" ;: 2 n 2 3 3 2 2 3 -f

v E
P,

0.1103
iillS 0.120sh

0.9421 0.908t 0.9538

0.9107

Z.ogrc
2.4911 2.a9r I 2.9753 f-;:g 29753 29753

0.3277 0.3277

0.6644 0.6583 0.6694 0.6545 06668 0 6686 0.6635 0.6921 0.7032 0.6787 0.6777 0.6980 0.6950 0.7073 0.6984 0.6966 0.7224 0.7346 0.7508 0.7511 0.7836 0.7744 0.5231h 06019h 0.6277h 0.610Sh 0.6clOh 06462 0.6576h 0.626d 0.6866 0.675' o.aixci 08723 00721 0 8850 0.6691 0.6661 0.9115

..2 13 14 1s 16 I? 18 19 20 i 2\

0.131 0.129 0.1456 0.146B 0.144 0.1426 0.147 0.148 0.143 0.144 0.161 0.163 0.164 0.177 0.1939 009349 0.111 0.107 0.126

8 4

0.8521

a
0 7 3 6 7 1 7 7 5 9 h

s.os96 3.45% 3.4596 3.45% E$ 3.45% 7.4596 39439 3.9439 39439-_ -.4.4282 4.9125

0.2360
0.236o 0236o 0.2360 0.2360 0.2m 02360 02360

162.4 161.1 163,2 165.8 ;Ei:: 164.6 163.9 lrg.3 144.4 144.1 133.0 122.0 2s2.9 211.7 220.0 186.3 293.6' 253.4' 264.9 257.1' 253.1' 217.7 207.2 274.2 238.1 2676 223.7 194.0 196.9 193.4 192.7 206.7 170.4

1 1,. 18 :P 2 5 23 I 2' 2 2 I 2

O.ool 12 0.001 17 0.001 17 0.001 I3 o.wo 99 0.001 26 0.001 28 0.00122 O.ool 13 o.GM 0.00209"

0.783t

0.949t 0.9844
0.9703 0.9660 0.9661 0.9608 0.9ar IO.9591 IO.9651 0.949t 0.9925 0.92+ 0.903' s 0.9938

20,.
3 5 3: i' i 34

522.6*
601 4h 627.1h 610.0h 600.Sh 645.f 657. 627.0h 686.0

3
626:y 684.9 883.1 870.5 070.5 883.1 067.2 864.2 909.5 aw.9 19r1.9 790.4 020.0" 787.24 395. 616.6"

::Ei 53 0.08947" 0.0919P 0.09300h 0.108 6 p3&3$ 3.099

o.c33

0.001 76&
O.WlO~

.--.19372 19372 19372 ::2: 18676 2.3519 o.esso 2.6989 3.1812 3.6655 3.6655 3.6655 3.66% 359% 4.14% 1.1063 :*9z I:5195 1.1765 22117

0.W2 16h
0.001 60 0.001 76h o.w2oY O.WlS5 0.001 19 O.Wloa o.wo 97 o.ow 99 o.oou 97 o.ow 97 o.oo103 o.wo 97 cl.Wl 17 o.oo107 -

30
34

884 2 6716 671 3 880.2 868.3 865.3 910.6 866.0 796.0 791.5 768.6"(341 821.9hms, 789~.'(36 396. .'f361 617 +(fO, ess.71.oom(371

0.5619 0.4214 0.4214 0.4214 0.4214 0.3371 0.4371 0.4371 0.3471 0.9061 0.3027

o.&a2g

i
42 43 4 4 4 47' 40

0.10" 0.121 0.120 0.122 0.122 0.114 0.139

7 9
i

3 7 4 0

a
5 5

09995

0.7379
05122 0.64~ I 0.5373 0.6939 0.3691 1.388 0.8163 1.73 0.7389 OE441 0.3335 1.312 5907 0.645 v-w-

xi77 406.2 441.6A E-57.5& 5lS.Y a574 075.0 1311. 553.2

0.9943 0.99o3 0.9aott

iai.mfja)

423.5 998.0 6519

aO8.6"'(331~ 4245 9991 ~25.U-'(321 053ti

0.0339" 0.028 39" 0.02a o4m 0.034 wm 0.049 76 0.01803 0.032020.042 74

o.ooo 0.006

0.9899(301 0.5880 0.99% 1.ooaJ l.WO6 O.oa%

0.9993(391 0.9997 :0.9875)'06! 1.1008 O.%R 2.4481 0.6220 0.1362 I2566

56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

I 1 k ( r ( i ) b

14 03

1.wo 5l-m -

I PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL I

TEP/DF/EXP/SUR PHYSICAL
DATA SECTION

I Revision : 0 Date
: 2/85

Page No :
I5 -

13

CONSTANTS

OF HYDROCARBONS(27)

?I t 3

;
-.05

-;5s ; = s ; 2 2 CC
97 I 89.V 976 ifs7 90.3 80.2 26.0 73.5 'Ia. 93.A 90.3 + I .p.: . I .w.' ::. Yd. 61.)' 92.3 05.5 24.8 73A 74 5 91.6 9.3f 0.0 42.4 52.0 65.0 92.6 83.1 80.8

tt-ab.nt

.uernanc f mane prooane

33.936 60.395 66.456 112.384 112.031

18ow
25394' 287lV 27621' 3Q709 I

509.86 489.36 425.73 38526 366.40 '35722 34220 315.30

9.5a
t6.70 2386 31.02 31.02

5.3

2.9 2.1 l.E IS 1.4 1 .A 1.6

137.A6S I U.402 164.075 164.188 163.683 16A.025

n-+hXHJnC

lA8.739

1 48.427

Eisj 3203r 31 749 r:E 321s7

1.3A5

:2z
137746 137417 1.379 18 1.37157 1337759

38.18 38.18 39.18 rg.ja 453 45.34 45.34 45.3 52.50 52.50 ~~~ 52150 52.50 ~Z

2-Mccnvrhex4ne
3-Merhvlherrne

130.398 190.099 190.243

3.Echvlantme
22.bne?hvlmnIane

190.327
189.6M 189.803 189.885 169.690 216.374 215.797 215.732 242.398 268.36 131.114 156.757 156.03A 181.567 55.942 81.482

2 A.Dtmecnvtpenranc 3.3-~l~IhvlOWtWe
nOzIanc o~lsoeuIvl ISOOCIJfW n-Nonane n-Deane CvcloDencrm Mecnvlcyc*orxnrane Cvclohexrne MelhvltyclohexAne Emene (Erwkne)

205.431 205132 205.276 205.359 20A.662 204.836 204918 200.722 233286 232.709 232.6AA 261.109 289.066 1~0.so9 168.032 167.308 194.720 59.700 07.119 114.991 114.707 114.473 116271 142.860 109.755 107.555 134846

48.10o aos1 A8.082 08.101 47960 ag.wo 08.019 A7982 47.919 47.832 47.843 47.703 47.670 46955 46.025 46.606 46.525 a.081 47.927 47.843 47.769 47.788 47.5w 46.608 46.406

uo95 32809 33249 33 796 gg: 33488 33319 u 33372 33299 3448S 34985 %ffZ 36A97 35997

316.33 %S 308.9A 291.03

294.41

295.87
288.90

1 .o 11.01 t1.01 (1.01 (1.01 (1.01 Il.01 (1.01,

0.0 46.4 55.6 69.3 95.6 638 86.6 4.d 55.7 00. 84s' E;o
71

l 1B

30126 285.69 271.04 288.82 276X)6 38920 345.51 35595 317.03 4a2.77 43x68 390.60 016.10 40556
394.18

1.39981 1.39r06 1.39392 l.AO773 1.414 11 1.40927 1.41240 1.42892 1.425 66

59.65 E:E 66.81 7397 '35.79 42.95 42.95

IO981 G7J 0.W

(1.4) (121 I.3 12 2.7 2.0 1.6 (1.6) (1.61 (1.61 1.4 2.9. 2.6 8.35 7.8

096

+0.d 91 3
83.0 74.0 7 l 0.0 9:: 100. 90.9 99 1

ProoenelProovlenel l-htene IButylme~ 02.24utene rrwlr-2&cem

IsoouIcne -Pcotcne * .2.BuIaelcn 1.3-Bu1~01ene lsOOrme ~~~vleoc Benzene

26916, 30055 29lW boil' 312104 29242' 31836

.l

3=r
-

107.455
107.191 106.957 106.755 133.465
104.118

10.0 9.3 -

15.6 '3 83.5 -. 77.1

101.917 127.330 u.098 13A.055 ls9.53n 185.S55 185.092 185.020 1850s 180.290 211.328 28.M)1 56.062 11.959 2Y.912

35925 M-49.6) (418.7) 1385.21

1.374 ,1.42s

61 36 26.25 26.25 33.41 Fz 35.79 4295 50.11 50.11 50.11 50.11 al.72 57.27

0.7
(12.1 11.5

'E r1b 2.5 1.Y 1.F FY 1.1 1.1' 1.1 0.08' 6.?2(51 3.26tSI 12.50~sI

36998 37 ow 37470 3793s 37 24s 37 122 38439 37591 16057 23513

83.32 360.14 33498 346.80 32.47 1.50032 1.49973 1.498 56 1.5079s 1.099 80 1.090 39 1.54969 1.494 00 1.330 20 1.363AS Loo0 36 1.00049 1.00061 1.0CC162 l.aKl36 l.ooo13 l.a302? l.MX)28 ,m,er 1.33347 l.oooO3 l.oooA2

81.0 80. 7.9

7.11 6.?' I ,"a8 6.6' 6.1 6.5'

a2 A3
a a Q . A? rg A

j , I

To~ucne EInvleanzcm 0.XVlCl-W m.Xv1et-e

o.xvlcne

l 2.d
+0.3/ 97.9 loo. *2.6' -1.2' -0.2' 99'3

lI5.a 9.8
l A d

333.92
(35123) 31225 iO7597 BUO.SU 215.70 573.27" SA8.01
387.74 1366.

l 3. f
*3. 4

Stvrene
Isooroovlbenzene Metnvl
Elnvl

l 2 1'

Groan

.lEOrlOl JICOhOf mono.aae

1.16
14.32 2.39 7.16

36.50
16.95 74.20

Gmon OIOXIO~ +araren SUI~I~C

nmmmoJ A,,

4.300(51 15.MlSl
4 OOIS) -

AS.%

17 301
-I10.230 -m -m 0---

(
12.091 -z79 0 -

--

60 61 62 63 64

N*rropcn Ch~orme Wafer +twm HvarCgen

0 -

cn~or~~~

214. 4504 213. 2oa 288.0 2257 A31.5

3.58 2.39 -

27w 7420 -

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEEA,ING
DATA SECTION

OESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

Date

: 2/85

IS

-14

i351 ml

cm
133 139) I401 (411 c42l 1431

Hwt. J. C.. Scr-wt. R 0. +llwnwdyn.mu Row* V.1u.q for G.J.w. .nd Lsqwd C.rbon Mono.:de from 70 w ja, K -,,h Rnwm (0 300 A~maghertc.Vac. Bw:Stmd. U.S. Tech. a%tr No 202 Yorwnbtr 30. 1% hm;. 5.; Anmcmne. 8.: dc fbuck. K M.. Ed.. Cubon Dm.,d.. In~rrn~oon~l Thtrmodrnmmtc T3bl.a of ch. fled SU,r3. Ptrc.mon Rn.: O.ford. 19%. Thhr ,M.,hwn Un.bndr.d C.. Dqu Brisk: .U.ch..on 6. Rducu: NcYork. 1974. Dean. J. W. A T.bul.uon of rhr Thcrmcdrn.mic Roprur of .Normd Hydrown fpm IaTrmpn.,um LO 300 K qnd from I 10 100 Atmo.vn.rn . Sat. Rur. Stand. US. 1-h. NOW 30. 120. N~.tmlmr 1951 .UcC.ny. R D.: We&r. L A. 7bmrmophy.ic~ Row.. of OxyKm front th. Frcr.,n6 Lnc to bQc*R for Re..um u) .WOV P.I.. N.r. 8~. Stand. US. Tech .%rr No. 364. July 1971. WM. L A. Nat. Bur. Stand. U.S. Rrm No. S710. I%& lhdnbtrr. N. v.. PO /WY V. N., Siorotow~.N~A. ~ T?wrmodyn.mc .nd Thtrmo hy.aa Fwmtn~t. of H~lwn : Atoma.ac Moue-. mama for sclcnok lhnd.1lon. 1971. I%* I.r.4 Toulouk:.o. Y. S.. .Sldt~U. T. ~ermophr.w.1 RowU~ of S4.tt.r. Vol. 6. SvtctBc Hrac. ?lon.mrtcrll~ bus& .nd G...s-: lFl/PI*nurn: ?I*York. 19io. Schbnrrr. W G.: 5.~. 8. H. lad. EM. Chrn. IS5L 44. 24% Todd. 5. S.: Olircr. C. 0.: Huffm.n. P. M. d. Am. Chum. Ser. IS47. 63. ISIS.

NOTES .
b c AM .m~r.ud liowd. Abwluu rJw. from -ewhu an .cuY~. llw .vv.rw rduw (mm weash, n .I, .n .horn 61 uun con. vcrwncc .nd comphanrr -ah ASTXIP Petmlman Mcvurcmml Tabln. In ,h. Un,,rd S,.,.. .nd Cm, Bn,.m. .II comm.rn.l -etsh,. .r. reqwred by I.u, b. -aqhu an .,I. All olher m. d.u .r. on .n l bwluw m... I-&h& ,n ..cuum# b..,.. AI ..,.a vr.ur, Imvl, vmnt,. Subhmwon p.an~

d t f

c
h S.ur.uon Avv.ttnl vr.un vduc .I .nd WC. IS-C.

PROCESS

ENGINEERING

DSS~GN

MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

TEP/CP/EXP/SUR

DATA SECTION
I

Date

: z/es

15 - 15

COlcllPRESSIBILITY FOR NATURAL

FACTORS GAS

k-Y. 3-r :. :1.. :-I.. _ ,, I-::..:.

:. -_~ .. . . .. . .. .... . . __ i..!..

: . ._ . .: :_

.-.. :

. -y -.... i: 1 .

.--.

1..-. \ , :

.-:... i .

.: : ...... -1 :. , . .1.-;-.-..--~.--i--:. : : ..:::: . . . . . . . ..I.........~... e1.,:,i., ;i, .:....-............... : : ! E--.A .:.:;:;.1.: . .. ._. _. i: i.... :. . . ... ...................-... .i . . ..--.._.__._......... .. . I-_,... .. ..fiI:fii^iii~~~i~~:~*~:=~ . . . . . . . . :: . I:::::: .. .; . . ! . . . . . . . ..-.m__......_.....
..:.:. . ~. . . .. . . . ..- . . .A.:- ,.. .. .. .. _......... :: : I :,iy. . I. ~~~~~~~~~~~~::..F. .--. g-.*;

l./+.
i . _,. . ... .. : .x

1 .::;;:..;x:-;

II

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

Page No :

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/85

is - 16

TEPID

SJOO

J500

mul

uxa

3500

loo0

2x0 10 10

JO

40 *blrcJa-

so-

60

70

80

90

loo

1 1 I

--

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

-rEP/D?/EXP/SLJR
DATA SECTION

Revision :

Page NO :

Dare

: 2/85

I5

I7

~ . . . . : . . . . . .. y..; . . . . . :, . & *reraae 6.P -iloesr ALL:: .:... , :... ::.. 1 . .

. !.

! :;.;-I j i !, .i-

: :i i : I.:.,;

i .-Ii.../ ; :

:..:.. ! . , ,:..,,.::... L; J.1 1. .,....: . I . . . . . . ::: .:.

: !

i,if:

.j

i.. . !.._ i. !:::.;.. i I o.wJ 0.850 1 .rYfY .,. .--_f i ;J$7zy 0.8~~

280 260 240 .:i. .:l:.::L:::. ::i .I : :-:i.-;;: --m-a :: :. .:::.

: .:.:y:,:: i:::: ,.:.:i.

1 ::

.I:-:.. .I
.

i 220 , : 1: 1

:::,.::: 1::::: ::.i:::::.:+::i. .. ..

,:: . . _.: ~.,I::iii:t!il.:.~i::1:1 ___:,.... ,...:; . . ..I. :..:..

:::i .:.:. :

: 1 6oo

580

300
Norm01

400

500

boiling

p&m.

PROCESS ENGINEE~IhjG
DATA
SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page No : .

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/85

IS

-18

I VAPC I t
Vapor I

I I

ecular mass, boiling nd relative densities

p fo

LlQUl I The
d

liquid

)ata
( 100 ,.. . . .. . . )-..: I.....,:,

6OOkon
,

.._~ ,

Hvdrocarbons" -,_ , i ,

~ ,

~ .._:: a..::

200

Mean

average

boiling

point.

%-In -.--

oC

llnn -vv

PROCESS ENGINEERING TEP/DP/EXP/SUR DhTk S&C-X

-. -

DESIGN MANUAL
ON

Revision : 0 Date

Page No :

: 2785

5-19

DENSITY 1
.

VAPOUR DENSITY

Vapour densities or molar volumes can be calculated v _ ZRT -P

from the equation:

I p

I psia
I OR

I I I

bara K 0.08314
Kg/m3

I I I I I I I I I I I I I
LIQUID DENSITY The density --mponkt of a multi densities : Specific pravity

IP

- MW.P ZRT
L

I?. I

10.73 1

I Ibs/ft3

of a gas

=MWF:
MWa.ir MWair = 28.967

component mixture can be calculated using the summation of the

Wi = mass component pi = density component

liquid densities for hydrocarbon

mixtures

can be estimated

using. Figures 10, 11 in this section.

TOtBL-,
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS Et .IINEERING DA-PA

SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

TO
* 1 . !

Date

: 2/85

15

20

TEP/D;

Approximate

relative

density

of petroleum

fractions

FIG.

18

0.3
0

~~lllli!lY~
20 40 $0

No :
TEP/D;/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

DATA

Revision : 0
Date
: 2/85

Page No :

SECTION

IS-21

Relative

density

of petroleum

fractions

Example:
At 300C 0;

an oil with rel. den. at ISC and 101.325 kPa(absj of O.S6. and Kw 11.00; has a rei. den. of 0.636 at 7500 kPa(abs@). [(Mean avg. B.P.. C - 273.15) X 1.31 F&l. den. at 15C and 101.325 kPa(abs)

KW =

0.85

\ \ \
0.80

0.75

0.70

0.65

50

0.60

0.55 1 Oj 0.50 0 A5

Adopwd 10 $1 by GPSA from Ptner. L.no,r. and kh-pps. P.woleum Rsl~ner,

I958

_~-~ TUTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SECTION

DESIGN MAr:;iAL
Date : 2/85 Lz2 1

VISCOSITY UNITS : Dvnanlc Kinematic vlscositv viscositv : : 1 centipose I centistoke = = 0.01 dyne.sec/c.m2 C-01 cm2/s are : Engler charts are sited in literature
I

0.000672 IbPmift set

D?na~~~s;~;cositv _

Orner quoted units for kinematic Saybolt universal Saybolt furol VAPOUR VISCOSITY
.

viscosity Redwood conversion

Use figure Calculate

12 in this section or using : i) pn = f y;J-c-

&Iu: y: P/W-J;

.P=
p; = rr\bl: =

mixture

viscosity viscosity mol.wt

component component

ii)

p m y A exp (B/cl

3; = component mol.frac accuracy 2 5 %

7-h

lq

C =

2.4

O-29

LIQUID VISCOSiTY
.

Use Figure 13 in this section or : Calculate using : i)

. .

x; =

component

mol.frac

The viscosity

of crude oils with an API > 30 o (sg = 0.88) can be estimated using : . iOg = a - (O.O35)(API) centipoise r a C I
38 I 2.05

where

54 71 88 104
.

I I

1.83 1.55 1.30 1.08 reliability of 2 I5 %

Correlations

for liquid viscosity

possess a general

7 Page NO :

No:

POTAh
TEP/D?/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

DATA SECTION

Revision :

Date

: 2/85

l5 -23

Tempemture.
(b)

dq F

VlSCOSITY

OF NATURAL

GASES

PROCESS ENGINEERING TEP/DP/EXP/SUR DATA SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

Date

: ~/ES

TEP/I

PROCESS ENGINE~,j?l~G TEP/DP/EXP/SUR DATA SZCTION !SOe)

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

sqe)

edy

CJJnsSaJd

lode/\

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SECTIOt-

tlJESlGN MANUAL .

Revision

Page No :

TEP/C?/EXP/SUR

Date

: Z/85

5-25

. .

1
0.9

0.8

I.. ,,(_aI* o.sL.,..:;;; I* 0 I.. ;;;,s,,Ttx ,/

. . iI, ,., !,I, 100

, ;

:.. ..I, . . J-1 ..l 200 . 300 40 SW 600 700 t3cF

temperature

OF

TOTIlL
TEP/DT/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision :

PageNo :

Date

: 2/85

5-27

PROCESS ENGINEERIKG
DATA SECTION

DESIGN

MANUAL

Revision

Page NO

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

Date

: Z/ES

IS -2E 3

FIG.

16

TRUE

VAPOUR

PRESSl?ES

OF PETROLEUM

PRODUCTS

AND

CRUDE

OIL

PROCESS ENGINEERING DES!GN MANUAL

DATA SECTION

Revision

Page No :

TEP/lY/EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/85

-29
.

Permissible expansion of a 0.7 relalive density natural gas wlthout hydrate formation
7oco3 6OooO.

Permissible expansion of a 0.6 relallve density

;!I loo01

;
2ooa 3ooo so00 Final pressure. 1OOW kPa (abs) 2oooo 30(

1000

Final presqurc kPa tabs)

lor pr.dMlng

hydde

tomutlon
7ocm, .---6oooo

Permitrlble natural
50000

expansion of a 0.6 relatlvc density gas without hydrate formation

: . ..l..:.j:;::1::::;:iiif:~iii:I:::i 4 . *. _. . .._ . . . . .

!Ocrm woo Urn -u J

, ..,....,....I.. :... !._..I..

.,../r

.Y...

4OOW 3oooo 2sooo 20000

:Jm 2

.-j:: .: .-.. . -. . I

. ; -

,- --- //I/i Es00 / Jcm*

! # ! i.

: : : i :

: I i j : :

.! / : i..

: t I ; :

.!..:;,:.!j.: !:...i I.IaI j:-:i::j .

.;:.i ! ; .I

i i i

. loal/
loo0

2Mx)

3ooooal 6ooo 10000 Fmal pressure. kPa laos)

20000

FIG.

17

HYDRATE

FORMATION

PROCESS ENGINEER!NG : TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

OESICN MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :
J5 -

DATA SECTION

Date

: 2/85

30

SPECIFIC

HEATS e-

(HEAT

CAPACITY)

: I
UNITS: BTU/LB KJ/KC VAPOUR MIXTURES . , Use figs 18, 19 in this iecfion Cp is a fuction of temperature and can be calculated using: .
w

F C

,I BTU/lb F I BTU/lb F

= =

4.19 KJ/Kg 1 Cal/g C

I ,

Cp = A + BT + CT2 where A, 8, C are constants and T is in R (K) Values of A, 8, C are cited in Kern, or Perry. Cp can be corrected
. K =

dependant on system composition

for pressure if Pr and Tr are known using Figure heats 9 this should also be corrected cv for pressure if required. -_

ratio of specific

LIQUID MIXTURES . I Use Figure 21 Calculate

CPl CPl

in this section or :

using
= = 2.96 - 1.34 C + T (0.00620 - 0.002349)

KJ/KC BTU/LB

C F

(T in Cl (T in F)

0.68 - 0.31 C + T (0.00082 - 0.000319)

c =

liquid specific 2 5 %J)

gravity

CAMPBELL

(accuracy

TOTAL
i
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN. MANUAL _a

..
DATA SECTION I

Revision

Page NO :

Date

: 2/8S
I

15-31

FIG.

19

SPECIFlC BTU/LB/OF)

HEAT

OF HYDROCARBON

VAPOURS

AT I ATM

(NOTE

UNITS

ARE

PROCESS ENGINEERIF!G
DATA SECTION

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

TEP/DP/EXP/SUF?

Date

: 2/85

l-r
15-32
3 0 t ,:cc 60

Page No :

; .;I :CC

022

oc3 I..

534 I

zc6 i

2,: :

32 ;

c.3 !:

0.4 ! !

cs iIl;ln

0-e :o 1

2 :

:t ; ., :

j a

I . . . . , . , -,,, .A

! I I

I.4.i 1 I![

j ]

i I I: ( ] I;

;
,o

6.0.

I
I

. 5 00.

I II;: illll

Illill

I II

! 10
g 2.0/r--

tXiii! 2.gid

2.0

1.01
08 0.6

I /l/I I,
0.00

IAll 1,111

I Illi] ,,.,oO.l

ace 0.04

Lea ~reshre.

3 = f c

FIG.

19

HEAT MOLE/F)

CAPACITY (at armosphc

CC
.

.,TION
-ssure)

FACTORS

(NOTE

UNITS

ARE

BTU/LB
--

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESiGN MANUAL

-fEPIDP.EXP/SUR
DATA SZCTION

-Revision :

-0

i
PageNo :

Date

: 2/85

15

-33

.
FIG. 20

Approxlmat*
of

rp.clllcg.ol
hydrocarbon

copoclty rotloa
gas..

TOTAL
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page NO :

SECTION

Dare

: 2/85

I5

-34
I i

THERMAL

CONDUCTIVITY

Therm
1 I-

k
tI ;

UNITS :

BTU/LB

1 STU/lb

1.1;SS Kcal/m.h.C

r 3 060 L g 0.058 : 0055r I T 0 054 fs 0052c

t r

VAPOUR MIXTURE.5 . . Use figs 22, 23 in this section

t

I-

Low pressure using :

thermal k=

conductivities / (Cf + y)

of pure gases and vapours * d k - BTU/hr.ftF lb/hr.ft BTU/lb F

can be estimated

accuracy

2 8 5%

P CP-

LIQUIDS .
.

Use fig 24 in this section or : Liquid hydrocarbon k mixtures can be estimated using :

0.0677 = sg

- 0.0003 (T - 32)

accuracy

2 12 96

- BTU/hr.f tF gravity .78 < > .95 32 < > 392

% - specific T - F . SOLIDS See Perry of Kern for details of metals, earths and building

materials.

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

TEP/DP.EXP/SUR

Date

: 2/8S

r5

-35

Thermal

Conductivity

of

Noturol

Gores

at

101.3250

kPo
; _

lobs)

; :

i --

I I

FIG.

22

,I

Z ; 3060L..-

,---I -L----

-<---y--.-L-c---L--w -..c-~,~~ -. b.----..V 2.I-r-ir*.L-.-r..

----y -. .-..I .-;

Thermal

conducti%ty

ratio

for

goscs

I
I I

,$ 0

078

-2 0.026 5 p 0074 $ 0021

5 OO?O E ; 0.018 f 0.014

FIG.

23

0010.

10

10

30

ro Molecular

50 Molt

60

70

80

90

100

THERMAL CARBON

CONDUCTlVlTlES LIQUIDS

OF HYDROFIG. 24

PROCESS ENGINEERIf!G

DESIGN MANUAL TEPI

TEP/OP/EXP/SUR

DATA

SXTION

.i LATENT HEAT OF VAPOURISATION

1802 1730 1600 1500 13oc

UNITS

BTU/LB Kcal/Kg

1 BTU/lb

= 0.5556 K&/Kg

11oc

Use figures : 25, 26 Estimate using Troutons rule : a

100: 9oc BOC 70c ,OC

44

= 2l.Tb

cal/gmole c Tb = boiling point K

5oc

a01

accuracy - 20 96 + For relief valve calculations Detailed estimation

use 50 BTU/lb

if actual Lt.ht is not known.

I I I I I I I I I I I

30(

methods in Perry : pp 238

'31 18[ 161

12(

1oc

9: 8( 7!

6;

PROCESS ENGINEERING
TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DESIGN MANUAL :

Revision : 0 Date : 2/85

*F

l C
LIOUID I RANGE

C 111
23s 133

lc-I
105-200 140.240

l c

x
5.6 7.0

Y
11.9 10.2

,CIfIC .CIO
.ceto* ,-0+3,.

10

1000

500

900 3--

I. I I I I. I I1 I II I( I I I I I

800-2 400

'",I Jlconol (I801 Ien.?*"* lutaoe (4) ,"lM. lutanc (430) 3l~l l ICMOI (-I) IUl~l alcohol (-180) IUl~l l lcmol lutyl alcmol (.s*c) btyl l lcmol (.lOlT) :arooll dlollde :mbon dlsulrtdo :Jrom ktr*Chlwl~ :hlWlM :nlorotam >Ichlorwm~lmr (4-l >lrnIh~l amIn 3lP~fVI >kln*nvt )Iph*nyl NgtwlyI orId* N$rmnyl OXIda
IlfWW

307 263 152 124 267 265 265 23s 2;: 26a 143 nr

242
168 521

Sll 460 241 183 166 10 164 1SI 111 163

itnyi l ICohOl Ethyl l ICWW EthTl muIn* Ernyl cnlorlbe Ethylon* Ethyl-a Emyl.ww Etnyl .mr Fwon 11 (Ccl-F) From 12(CCI-F) From 21 (CHCI-F)

Feeon 22 (CMCI)
Fwm Freon n.pt.nm n*m*nd urtnano Ycwvl nlnrl *ethyl delhyt hlh,l 4*wl,l Y,h,kno MlOmJ. MlW~~ Dc1m* PwI1anc Ponunc 113 (CCI-FCCIF) 114 (CCMCCIF) (-n) (-3) l IConOl l COhol amlm thlorld* CtllQlb IormolO cnlatd. omIti OIO. (-3) ,-j (dull alcohol

96
214 14s 267 2c 47 240 157 14) 214 216 % n6 187 181 Y

60

S
40

PIOOMU

Proo,l

(-ml
p-1

264
2% 344 lS8 121 271 176

30

F
0

PlOpll l IcPnrl P,*IdlfU su,tu dlorlaa TSIWW Trlchlororth~)rrr al

ac-200 2ooJCO 10300 4070 70-200 IS175 17Odoo 150400 2OOd70 170-270 1-00 lb100 140-273 1oaoo la&200 176466 2oQjoo 125-200 lo-a2 22-160 lso400 50440 Jr0400 IO-1JO lb140 140.2S0 00-230 150-110 lb so lb-125 15-110 110-240 70-250 60-lS0 2O-220 SO960 4oGfSJ 4k2O0 lO&!70 SW40 10. SO IO-140 94ti40 100.200 lC.110 llbl20 lsa-Isa so-260 c- 25 25-12s 1650a (s-210 (WOO 16-262 l-70 ls-2s 2304so looGo lw-lW 1804OS lo-JSS

1.2 6.0 1-c 2.6 2.6 a.4 to 1.7 5.8 6.6 2.6 a.1 LS 1-c 1-s 2.7 '1.4 4.3 22 3.1 0.1 a.1

3.1 1.4 12.s 11.6 11.7 121 9.8 6.7 7.7 t-1 6-S 11.1 lJ.7 17.1 14.S lL7 11.2 6.6 16.2 16.2 12.1 1S.S

1s

- 20

0 - 30 20 19 18 ri 16 1s 14 - 60 - 70 - 80 Y " 10 9 8 7 6 S a 3 2.1 1'llII 0 0 "iiI 1 2 3 4 S X 6 I 7 11 I I I I 8 II I 9 10 250 300 3so 400 aso SW 550 600 700 200 -150 - 90 -100 - so - PO

6.2
4.0 a1 4.7 3-s Cl 1.0 4.0 2.1 1.6 3.6 J. a3 4.0 as a.5 a.4 a4 1.2 33 1.6 4.1 2.6 s.2 1.9 1.0 1.2 LA 1.0 3-J a.2 ca 21 a 32 7-3 20 IS 6.0 a0

14.5
.6 7.0 6.1 s.0 122 s.3 O-6 rt7 1t7 17.2 17.2 15.4 lL.1 11.7 12.7 13.5 11.1 6.1 1.1 4.7 6-S 11.1 11.2 11-J 13.7 6.2 12.3 11.6 12.: 12.7 11.0 a.I Cl 12.5 123 11.1 11-t 1.:

-S

20 18 3

Exemplc

: Pour -~4i20

Ioau

A 100-C 538

1, - t = 27S

k-l/kg

LATENT

HEATS

OF

VAPORIZATION

OF VARIOUS

LIOUIDS

FIG.

25

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

Page No :

1 I I TEP

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

SECTION

Date

: 2/13s

15-38
_(

Ii I

3 Y . 2 u Y

i= a

IL

IO -LLl

:;I

I Illli

i ill!

i!Ilii

PRESSURE

- ATM

LATENT *

HEAT

OF VAPOURISATION
FIG. 26

OF

HYDROCARBONS

--

PROCESS ENGINEERING DES!GN MANUAL

DATA

SECTION

I.10

.U

60/600,:

20 ApI 30 GRAVITY 40 50

UJ.

,TA INC. z 70

l7,ooO 16.903

1 --. 60

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DATA

SECTION

SURFACE

TENSIONS

UNITS :

Dynes/cm N/m

1 dyne/cm

= IO-3 N/m 3

.
.

For surface tensions of paraffins To estimate

use fig. 28 w liquids/gas ,use

surface tensions for hydrocarbon

[5

~Gq~,,.;,,,;

*.

pccuracy P = Parachor = = ,ol P = =

: 2 10 % with MW < 100 with MW > 100

18.07 + 2.946 MW for paraffins

278 + 2.35 (MW - 100) for paraffins

liquid density Ib/ft3 vapour density Ib/ft3 can also use

For oil-gas mixtkes

temperature

in F

source: Beggs + Brill

P =

pressure in psia

.): 3 I, I. I
I
TEP/D;/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN-MANUAL *,I ...

DATA SECTION

Revision :

Date

: 2/85

-1
I. I
I ,1 ~ 1

Page No :

5-41

Surfore

tension

of paraffin

hydrocorbonr

FIGJO

28

23

20

IJ

IO

PROCESS ENGINEERING
Tajyyyg l * .

DESIGN MANUAL

Revision

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DATA

SECTION

Date

: 2/bS

JO

.cl

20

60000

40000

II I.

-a

-ro

-30

-20

-IO

20

dJ

60

80

100

1210

Ia3

r*mpcrolu*r. C

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL

.- ^

Revision :

Page

NO

-rEP/DP/EXP/SUR I

DATA

SZCTION

I Date

: 2/8S

5-43

I I I.

203

so0 &hbil;fy

:oGo ?ressurr. gores

zooo 3sio in rottr

ecloo

6om

:o.ooo

of noturoi

ond brine.

FIG.

38

Sdubility

of

methone

in

wotcr.

FIG.

31

SOLUBILITY

OF NATURAL

GAS IN WATER

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESIGN MANUAL _ . TEP/DP/EXP/SUR

DATA SZCTI@fJ

T
Date,
: 2/85

EL44
Z

I EF

FIG,
SolubWty of wafer

33
In hydrocarbons

0.09 0.06
0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04

0.03

0.02

0.01

0007 0006 3 005 OOW

I
35 40 45

.!..,..I~.

St t!y WS!!

fib

Or!glnaI
so

from Or. John J. McKctta Unkcrrltv ot Texas

5s 60 65 70

I
75 80

Temperature.

: ,i 1 -t a 1 I TEP/D?/EXP/SUR

PROCESS ENGINEERING
DATA SE?TION

DESIGN MANUAL I

Revision :

0 I

Page No :

Date

: z/es 1

/ZLQ I -

-70

-40

-32

-20

- 10

. 10

TEMPERATURE

DROPS

FOR EXPANDING

C;AS

- _-. -.__ ._ cIll,co,

Moletutor fter8mf.J

mot). point.

..

. .

.. C.. .

. ~. . . , . . . .. ...., ,.

, .

61 oe 170.5 10.5

105.14

14a.19 160 (Dccompolcr)

I05 I4 311 -12.5 3771 403 1058 @ 15.6.C I.0572 1.391 0.109 510 e 101.3 LPO -t568 -1977 40 d l5.6.C

133.19 249 42

180 110 -78 v -.. __103 I @ YJ5.C -. 2 052 v 5-c 0 I90 e l5.C

Boding poinl @ 101 3 LPo (obt).

lb9
18

107 09 742
49 2

lc .

....

12.4
1440 514 ll24 I.1258

CllllCOl contlonll Prrllurr. kP0 (Obl). . . . ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , I~mp*rolw*. C.. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O.nllly @ 2OC. LO/ I.. ........ . ...,.... , .....,. ... ...,. @ 15.6.C 0 ?O*C .... , 01 LPo (obt). 1.546 Relof~~c drnbily. Ihcrmol lolard ?OC/?OC; LJ/(LQ**C) J/(~*tn~.*C/rn) rJ/ru

5985 350 1018

I .01?9 @ 1OC 0.156 I.0919

3173
441 1095

3770
109 999 @ 30.C

-. -I705 I.101 1.403 0 ?OB I!! ()C 4114 P IO1 3 LPO m 7 -u

(30/10*C)
9.511 0.210

0 9av e 4512o.C
1.889 0 3OC

Specil~c haol topowy. conducli*ily. hrot

1.931 535e 101.3hP0 -930

01 rcporirolmn.

, , 826 @ 101 .I LPO

6700973LPo

430 0 I?) LPO ,.442 P 35 l C

tin01 ol I~OCIIO~. LJ/~Q ol ocld go, H75 .................................. co2 ............................... Viacody. rnP0.c ............................. 24 I @ 20-c 150 0 20.C I90 mrrr
x WJlulwl)

-1465
1013 e 10v I95 *us, n rolutlorl)

-372 @ 75*c
198 0 45*c 06 0 54C 5 II I? 25-c lOlIP 45c 75@ ou7iy 7!l*c ll*c 25-c IOO~C

Rolsoctire floth poml.

indea. COC.

t4J.

1O'C

. .

. . ...,...... ......... .....

I.4539 93 flh+n* Cl+

1.,776
I38 Oi~lh+ne

1.4851 I85 Clycol Irirfhylrnr

I.4598

I 4541@ I24 Iewwhyl.ne tlo(C7Hto),l1 I94 32 317

45C

-..
151

I 4209 . __. ._.

lC .

., .

127
Gly~el

I I? -I_----._ .____.___ ,._ --_. CIy~ol SUllOlW,.* M*llwwl -.--m---s _-._. _ _ . . _.

folmvlo
Molrcvlor

........ ....................................
moi1 . ~ I ~. , . . . . . I.. . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . * . , . . . .

MOC7H4Ot1 61.01 197 -13

HqC?H40)7tf 106.11 245 -0 466 I 408 I II6 l.llB4 1 140

tlO(C7H4O)lH

C4lCBS0,
110.17 785 * 2?.6 SW0 545

CtllOlf 32 04 64 5 VI I IV54 240 700 0 IV!? 2 410 15. 091s 1103 I? 101 3 &PO 04QxJC IOC]

Boiling poinl @ 101.3 hlo (obl). f1.*ring polnl. C..

lC ....,..,...,..,. ,. .,
. . . . . . . *. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . *.

150.17 207 -7.2

3304 441 1123 1.1254

,
t

-6.2 1594 474 1146 I.148 1.177

Cfilicol tomlonl~ P~a,ru~r. LPo (obl) .. . .......... l.mprroiu~c. C . . . . . . . *. . ...... Damity R&lirr S~~IIG Ihwmol
lotrot

@ 2OC. denrity.

hg/m7

. . ..*.......*.... ..........,. . @ I5 6-C 8 1O'C 01 LPo (obt) , LJ/(kg.C)

?O'C/2O'C

18eot capacity, conduclirltr. hrol mP0.t

J/(t.m7**C/m) bJ/Lg

1696 ...... 372 ...... .*..,, I I I3 I.1155 ...... .. 1.311 .,.... . ..*.. . 0.207 @ I5

I163
I 2bB I 50? f?JIOC
OlPlf+37fJ*C 575 CJ 1fJo*c IO 3 v IOC 6l@ 5O.C 7 5 Q 100C I 4 e I5O.C 0 97 f? 3OOC I 481 * IOC I??

1.060
0.141 @ lS.b*C 416 e 101.3 LPO 47 9 e 1o*c

6C

0.249

@ I5.6.C

ol ropotitotion.

. . . . . . . . . . . BOO 0 101.3 LPo

540 e IO1 3 LPO 35.7 0 ?OC

374 0 101 3 APO 60 0 0 1OC

V~ctolily,

. . . . . . . . . . *. , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , *. . . .

20.9 3 2OC

R*(rocci*r floth NOIf: point.

lndrfi.

Nd, 2OC..

. , . . . . . . . . ..,.........,..

1.4316 I16

I 44?2 t43

I 455v 166

I 4595 17

I I?86 I4

COC. C

. . . . . . . . . . . . ..I..................

I rnPo.8 = I trdpoi,a
-

Revision

page No :

TEP/DP/EXP/SUR LP
VISCOSITY HIGH
OF

Date

: 2/8S i

5-47

STEAM
WATER

AH0 TEMPERATURE

-- _-

.-_._--_ -.-

_--_ IOU

-----. Loowoyx) WC
l o low Ix)0 sx Loo0 zsol

PHYSICAL

PROPERTIES

OF WATER

/ TmllB
i
1 TEP/OP/EXP/SUR
I

PROCESS ENGINEERING DESiGN MANUAL

:

Revision

DATA SECTION Oate

: 2/8S 15

-48

.I

! I i

Prcuurr.

i i i :j ; j , 11 / 1/: I4

Viuosity
R-. lb/q : ua 4& -100.

l f Air*
lb ICC: P3w.: x lo-: Temp.. -so! 0 : so 426 4s; 443; 4lO! 4.55 , F ;looIsolaxr~?5o -

vlscmn

iii Eon 900 1.aJo

llm

, xx 3.64 ! 395 JJY 33: 406 s 3% t 3.83 4.14 3.3 3.95 42: f 3.90 ; 4.0; 4 31 4M 420 43. 43.5 44: 4.15 4.-o : 4 75 : 5;o 4.95 : ,
605 662 i6Z 3.32. 6 I4 6.76

45: : 4.56 . 5.12 463 : 4.6s : 5.19. 4.e9:494:szs

4~6,3.OZ.S31:S61

3.43

531 53 SST
ST2 3 ;: Sk SW x97

4644:5.1o:sJe

I.4m l.mn 1.&x 2.m 2500

.XUJ 3500

4 42 4s4 4.6b 4.8j 4.9:

336 5.;; 63

466 : 4.92 . 3.16 i s.44 5.00 S24 S.50 47 3n6 3113s 4.67 S.&l 5 IS 3JY 5.m 3.10 5J.4 5 i0 6.05 6.42 STb i f.16 5.90 S61 942: IO.11 In.79 i 31; s4; ; 3.70

4.m
45oo s.aw 6.000 3.alo 8.ow 9.m 10ooo

sJ5
910 9 M : 11.X. 12.62

IY
r.0 I 6.49 966 10%

66s
T-09 7.33 b.39 9.17 10.16 Ii.05 1x5

Ill : S6R 5.E SO? 6 I9 S.iS . S 91 4 6.06 su 6.06 6.12 62.5 643661 6.3S.642: 662 6.69 . 6.i1 6.66 6.99 bb: 626 5.89 9.46. 1010 6.99 6.95 732 ;;A& 6.03 5.36 0.Oi 063 bon w) 639, 6.63 9.X 7.02 ;z 532 5.90 91:

.<

I i

145611.94 16.09 12.W 17x1 1403

-.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF AIR

I
aad

Cornpled bv P E L,lrr For ,ahk III 51 un#u l nd 1 (0 IUOD bra. it Vauerm~n ka;rrawcL&,. phrlacal Proprnlo of .\w and \sr Componcnu.

10 l301K.. 1%.

Rahmowch. -CcmUouor-

COK?OlfTION

OF

THE

ATMOS?RLII

l-be waqxdioa of dry air is -kably wasunt atI over the globe and throughour the a&x uopxpbuc The proportions by ~olwne of tie vanou5 compooeno UC gkn b&w (after h F. Fkne~. 1939. 1952).

21)X 1 5 5 XIP xl@

ICP

XIU-

9 x10-e
6 xWLe